Quarterlytics / Technology / Information Technology Services / Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC

arbb · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker arbb
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Information Technology Services
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ARBUTHNOT BANKING GROUP PLC

Annual Report & Accounts 2020

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC
Report & Accounts 2020

The importance of history  
and Sun Tzu

The importance of previous experience cannot be 
overstated. “Those who are not willing to learn from 
history are doomed to repeat the mistakes of previous 
generations.”

A good place to start, therefore, is with the famous 
Chinese General, Sun Tzu and his writings in  
“The Art of War” c. 2500 years ago. He established 
some basic truths such as:

“He whose ranks are united in purpose will be 

victorious.”

“The commander will surely choose those who  

are most fortunate.”

“The traits of a true commander are: courage,  

wisdom, humanity and integrity.”

Origins of Arbuthnot Latham

George Arbuthnot (1772 – 1843) was a son of the 
Edinburgh banker Robert Arbuthnot. He started in 
1803 as a partner in Latour & Co. in Madras (today 
Chennai), Southern India. Latour & Co. had been 
set up in 1780 by Count Francis Joseph Louis Latour 
de Quercy, who died in 1808. In 1807 Latour & Co. 
became Arbuthnot & Co. and George Arbuthnot 
became the leading partner until he retired in 1824.  
In his farewell letter to the partners he said: 

“…not only give the constituent (client) the assurance 

that his money is safe, but also give him the feeling that 
he is benefitting himself by dealing with the House.” 

In 1826 John Alves Arbuthnot started as a clerk at 
Arbuthnot & Co. and in 1831 became a partner.  
He married the daughter of George Arbuthnot.  
Upon his return to London he established, together 
with Alfred Latham, the trading house Arbuthnot & 
Latham on 13 March 1833.

(For more details, read the book: Arbuthnot Latham 
1833 – 2013 by David Lascelles)

Strategic Report – Business Review

Strategic Report – Financial Review

Business Overview

Financial Highlights

Chairman’s Statement

Corporate Philosophy

1 
2 
3 
4 
8 
14 
28  Board of Directors
30  Group Directors’ Report
35  Corporate Governance
43  Remuneration Report
45 

Independent Auditor’s Report

54  Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
55  Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
56  Company Statement of Financial Position
57  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
59  Company Statement of Changes in Equity
60  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
61  Company Statement of Cash Flows
62  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
137  Five Year Summary
138  Notice of Annual General Meeting
142  Corporate Contacts and Advisers

1

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC

The Seven Principles

Ever since George Arbuthnot first gave guidance about corporate behaviour, it has been the 
culture of Arbuthnot to follow his advice. The Seven Principles summarise Arbuthnot’s 
corporate philosophy and ethics.

During the 188 year history of serving its customers, Arbuthnot has proven its ability to 
adopt and grow by applying such principles with pragmatism and common sense.

1.  Arbuthnot serves its shareholders,  

its customers and its employees with 
integrity and high ethical standards. 
This is demonstrated in a progressive 
dividend policy, in fair pricing and  
in pay for performance.

2.  Arbuthnot attaches great importance 
to good relations with customers  
and business partners, and treating 
them fairly and promptly.  
Arbuthnot believes in reciprocity. 

3.  Arbuthnot is independent, and  
profit and growth oriented while 
maintaining a controlled risk profile.

4.  Arbuthnot’s business is conducted  
in an innovative, flexible and 
entrepreneurial manner, with an 
opportunistic and counter-cyclical 
attitude. 

5.  Arbuthnot’s approach is based on 
diversification to spread the risk, a 
long-term view to further growth, 
empowerment of management and  
a culture of rewards for achievements 
to engender loyalty.

6.  Arbuthnot does not sacrifice long term 
prospects for short term gains – nor 
sacrifice stability for quick profits, and 
it will never put the whole company  
at risk.

7.  Ultimately, the success of Arbuthnot 

depends on the teamwork, 
commitment, and performance of  
its employees, combined with the 
determination to win.

The continued application of these principles will allow the business to pursue growth in a 
controlled manner, providing a high quality service to its customers whilst delivering good 
returns to shareholders and securing the well-being of its employees.  
To this end an inclusive and balanced work environment will provide a rewarding  
as well as challenging multiplicity.

Sir Henry Angest
Chairman & CEO 

24 March 2021

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
2

Business  
Overview

Private Banking

Commercial Banking

Arbuthnot Latham provides a high quality private 
banking and wealth management service, consisting  
of three core elements: 

Arbuthnot Latham provides a bespoke commercial 
banking service which includes:

Private  
Banking

Comprises current accounts, deposit 
accounts, loans, overdrafts and foreign 
exchange. Each client deals with a 
dedicated Private Banker who is key  
to providing an individual service.

Financial 
Planning

Built on long-term relationships  
and bespoke financial strategies. 
The service is independent and fee,  
not commission based.

Investment 
Management

Comprises asset management, 
developing tailored investment 
strategies to ensure that each client’s 
specific investment objectives are met.

Banking

Property  
Finance

Other  
finance

Comprising current accounts, deposits, 
overdrafts, guarantees and charge 
cards. Clients have a dedicated Banker 
who is key to managing the 
relationship.

Comprises tailored lending to enable 
funding of both property investments 
and developments.

Comprises individual secured lending 
which is designed around the needs  
of each commercial client.

Asset Finance

Provides asset finance funding in 
particular for high value and classic 
cars but also business assets.

Asset Based 
Lending

Provides finance secured on either 
invoices, assets or stock of the 
borrower. 

Specialist 
Finance

Provides short term secured lending 
solutions to professional and 
entrepreneurial property investors. 

Deposits

Provides deposit products directly to 
the retail market via a newly created 
internet platform, with rates advertised 
on the best buy tables.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020Financial  
Highlights

2020 
£72.5m

2019 
£72.5m

2018 
£68.0m

3

2020 
£8.2m

2019 
£5.8m

2018 
£4.4m

2020 
(£1.1m)

2019 
£7.0m

2018 
£6.8m

Operating income from 
continuing operations

Underlying profit before tax from 
continuing operations

(Loss) / Profit before tax from 
continuing operations

2020 
0.0p

2019 
37.0p

2018 
35.0p

2020 
£2.85bn

2019 
£2.60bn

2018 
£2.18bn

2020 
£218.2m

2019 
£214.5m

2018 
£178.6m

Total ordinary dividend per share

Total assets

Regulatory capital

£1.6bn  

loan book at  
December 2020 

£2.4bn  
of deposit funding at 
December 2020

£1.1bn  
assets under 
management at 
December 2020

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 20204

Chairman’s  
Statement

Arbuthnot Banking Group  
(“ABG” or “The Group”) has 
reported a loss before tax of £1.1m 
in a year that has been like no other 
in living memory. The Group had 
started the year on the front foot, 
with businesses enjoying the  
“Boris Bounce” after his emphatic 
General Election victory in late 
2019. Lending balances increased  
by £62m from the prior year end  
- and then the pandemic struck.

The base rate reduction on its own caused a decline in 
revenues of £10.3m and further growth opportunities were 
lost as the Group tightened its lending criteria. This was both 
a precautionary measure, to limit the risks of the pandemic 
and to conserve capital for opportunities that we believed 
might arise. This caused customer loan balances to fall  
over the remainder of the year, to end at approximately the 
same level as the prior year. Thus, the Group has in fact 
missed a year of growth and its associated increased revenue.  
The pandemic’s immediate impact on revenue has been in 
part offset by not awarding bonus payments to employees.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 20205

In my Chairman’s report of 2019, I noted that the Group  
was well placed in terms of capital and liquidity to take 
advantage of any opportunities that the turmoil would 
present. I said this after noting that the Group prospered 
significantly following the financial crisis at the end of the 
previous decade. The Group was at that time able to 
successfully complete several acquisitions, at values that 
reflected the dislocation in the market, caused by the 
withdrawal of liquidity by the major banks to the non-bank 
lending market. Most notable of these was the acquisition  
of Everyday Loans that the Group purchased for £1 and 
subsequently sold for a gain of £117m three and a half years 
later. Therefore, I was pleased that we were able to exchange 
contracts in December of 2020, to acquire the entire  
share capital of Asset Alliance Group Holdings Limited 
(“Asset Alliance”). I expect this acquisition to complete  
on 31 March 2021 as we have recently received approval  
from the regulatory bodies regarding our change of control 
application.

I am delighted that Willie Paterson, the CEO of Asset 
Alliance, and his Senior Management team will join the 
Group soon and I look forward to working with them to grow 
the business, now that it will no longer be constrained by its 
previous funding limits.

Asset Alliance is a market leading provider of leasing solutions 
mainly in the commercial truck sector. This acquisition will 
continue our strategy of diversification of Arbuthnot Latham 
& Co., Limited (“Arbuthnot Latham” or “the Bank”),  
while remaining true to our core values that are embedded  
in our Private Bank.

Asset Alliance provides us another niche within the specialist 
Commercial Banking markets that we have been developing 
to complement the Commercial Bank, Renaissance Asset 
Finance, Arbuthnot Commercial Asset Based Lending and 
Arbuthnot Specialist Finance. These all combine to bring 
together the “Future State” vision that we are working 
towards, led by the core bank which will maintain access  
to low-cost retail deposits that can be deployed through  
our higher yielding lending businesses.

Highlights

Despite the decline in profitability caused by the pandemic,  
I would like to note a number of highlights and also the 
continued progress made by the Group during the year.

From the moment that the lockdown was declared the entire 
bank moved to remote working without missing a beat. 
Clients continued to receive their bespoke personal service, 
payments continued to be transacted and investment 

decisions remained clear and decisive. Meanwhile, fraud 
protection and second line monitoring maintained the safety 
and soundness of the operations of the Group. Throughout 
the whole of this time the Group has played its role within 
society, not taking advantage of any of the Government’s 
schemes and paying all of its liabilities, including all tax 
related items, on time. The Group was quickly accredited to 
the Government sponsored lending schemes and extended 
£21m of Coronavirus Business Interruption Loans (“CBILs”) 
and £12m Bounce Back Loans (“BBLs”) to our clients to help 
them navigate their way through the cash flow issues that 
lockdowns bring. We also assisted our clients with payment 
holidays. We have supported employees and avoided using 
any of the furlough schemes. Their morale and dedication to 
servicing our clients has remained at the highest level, despite 
the long days working remotely and alone.

The fact that all our employees were working remotely was 
not an impediment that was going to prevent our IT and 
change teams from continuing to deliver on our ambitious 
programme of enhancing the Bank’s infrastructure and  
service propositions. In August, we moved over to the  
newly implemented CRM systems provided by SalesForce. 
This Bank-wide effort now gives our services teams the  
ability to view all our clients’ balances in one single place. 

Finally, in December we switched our faster payment provider 
from Lloyds to NatWest, while at the same time extending 
our proposition to allow clients to instruct and make 
payments at any hour of any day that they so choose.  
This was the last significant enhancement needed to make  
our transactional banking capabilities equivalent of other 
market leading brands.

From the onset of the pandemic the business focused on 
maintaining its growth of deposits. While the recession was 
largely in the real economy, we feared that it might quickly 
spread to the financial sector and create a liquidity squeeze.  
I have often commented that the strength of a bank should 
not only be judged on its capital or quality of its loan  
book but by the solidity and diversity of its deposit base.  
Thus, I have noted the creditable performance of the Bank  
in gathering deposits during 2020. The end of the year 
deposit balance showed growth of 13%, while at the same 
time the average cost of these deposits fell from 66bps to 
54bps, which shows the Bank has not chased deposits at  
any cost. This strength and diversification of the deposit  
base will enable us to continue our growth trajectory once 
activity levels return.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 20206

Chairman’s  
Statement continued

Given the turmoil in the investment markets and uncertainty 
in the real economy I feel that the performance of our 
Investment Management division should also be noted.  
The FTSE 100 index fell by 14% during 2020, however,  
our balance of Assets Under Management increased by 4% 
suggesting that the investment performance outperformed  
the market even when excluding the net flow of funds.

The Civil Service must also play their part in bringing about 
such transformation, a once in a lifetime opportunity.  
Out must go the bad habit of gold plating every rule and 
every new regulation must be tested against a rigorous  
impact assessment and should have a sunset clause. 
Furthermore, we should introduce a “one in, one out” 
principle to contain this proliferation of rules.

Brexit and Regulation

Board Changes and Personnel

In my Chairman’s report for 2019 I noted that business 
activity had been reduced in the lead up to the General 
Election and the implications that had for the conditions  
of the UK’s withdrawal from the European Union. It has 
always been clear to me that businesses are mainly weighed 
down by a lack of clarity of the future when making 
investment decisions. The political situation had created 
much uncertainty in the UK and across Europe. So I am  
now pleased that this uncertainty has been removed and  
it appears that the UK has struck a good trade deal. 

However, Brexit will only be successful if the Government  
is bold and takes full advantage of the freedoms gained.  
For a start, it must substantially reduce the stifling 
bureaucracy and plethora of regulation that the UK has  
been forced to adopt over the years. 

During the year there were no changes to the Board. I would 
like to thank my colleagues on the Board for their continued 
helpful and committed collaboration despite only being able 
to meet virtually.

As always, and especially this year, the progress of the Group 
reflects the hard work and commitment of all the members  
of staff. I believe that all our employees have responded 
particularly well in these difficult circumstances in continuing 
to provide high quality client service and in ensuring that 
their colleagues’ wellbeing was prioritised. On behalf of the 
Board I extend our thanks to all of them for their dedicated 
efforts in 2020.

Longstanding relationship  
and service led bank powered  
by modern technology

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 20207

Dividend

The Board announced on 18 February 2021 that it intended 
to pay a special dividend of 21p in-lieu of the dividend relating 
to 2019 that was cancelled following strong guidance from 
the PRA. This dividend has already been paid and you should 
all be in receipt of the monies. 

Given the impact the pandemic has had on the Group’s 
earnings, the Board is not recommending a final dividend for 
the year of 2020, but will assess the dividend strategy of the 
Group, as profitability is restored, in 2021.

Outlook

The macro economic outlook is currently uncertain, the 
rollout of the vaccine in the UK appears to be powering 
ahead like a “speedboat” and soon all adults should have 
been offered the opportunity to protect themselves from the 
virus. The Government recently published a roadmap out  
of the lockdown, but the emergence of new variants could 
change the data and put this at risk.

Any further delay will push back the recovery, which appears 
to be poised for a potentially strong rebound. However, in the 
meantime, the Government appears committed to supporting 
the economy and, so far, the valuations and demand in our 
sectors of business have held up.

The acquisition of Asset Alliance, a growing demand in  
our lending pipelines and the diversity of the Group places  
us in a good position to deliver strong growth and results  
once the restrictions on the economy are lifted.

Sir Henry Angest
Chairman & CEO 

24 March 2021

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 20208

Strategic Report 
Business Review

Arbuthnot Latham

Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited has reported a profit before 
tax and Group recharges of £8.3m (2019: £16.2m profit).

The decline in profit against the prior year can largely be 
attributed to two factors. Firstly, the fall in the Bank of 
England Base Rate from 0.75% to a historic low of 0.1% in 
March resulted in a reduction of interest generated from the 
loan book of £6.7m as loans for the majority of the portfolio 
repriced to lower rates. Secondly, this was compounded 
further by Arbuthnot Latham’s cautious approach to 
liquidity; by maintaining high levels of cash reserves at the 
Bank of England as opposed to placing them in the higher 
yielding wholesale money markets or operating at higher loan 
to deposit ratios. This strategy cost the Bank a further £3.6m. 
Whilst this cautious approach means that we may forgo a 
small amount of potential revenues, it has protected the bank 
during periods of economic uncertainty and we continue to 
favour maintaining strong capital and liquidity positions to 
generate and protect value over the long-term. Additionally, 
in response to the emergence of the pandemic the Bank  

significantly reduced its credit appetite due to uncertainty in  
the global economy. In the third quarter the Bank re-instated 
its credit appetite to pre-pandemic levels and re-entered the 
lending markets, underwriting deals with strong fundamentals 
and where it could place certainty on valuations. As a result 
of the fall in profitability, management has responded by not 
awarding any discretionary bonus payments to employees.

Other Income reduced by £3m from the prior year. In 2020 
the Group started a significant refurbishment programme on 
one of its properties carried as inventory, King Street, which 
is expected to complete in the middle of 2021. This resulted 
in reduced rental income of £1.5m compared to the prior 
year. The prior year also included £1.5m for the adjustment 
of the RAF management earn out liability.

Despite the reduced lending activity, the Bank grew its deposit 
balances by 13% in the year. A strong deposit base with 
balances in excess of £2bn was maintained throughout 2020 
with the Commercial business exceeding £1bn in deposits  
for the first time during the year. Assets Under Management 
(“AUM”) also increased by 4% in the year.

Private Banking
Provides full service banking and 
dedicated Wealth Management  
to criteria clients

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
9

The Bank’s strategy to maintain strong levels of capital and 
liquidity allowed it to take advantage of the opportunity to 
acquire Asset Alliance, a business based in Wolverhampton 
that specialises in leasing commercial trucks, buses and 
coaches across various sectors, with a current portfolio of 
around 4,000 vehicles. The Bank has received all necessary 
regulatory approval and the acquisition is planned to 
complete on 31 March 2021.

During the year, the Bank also launched its rebranded website 
and observed internet traffic of up to 20,000 visitors a month. 
The brand evolution and the current digital marketing 
campaign have been shown to boost the Bank in the search 
rankings and is generating more client introductions to the 
business.

The average net margin for the Bank fell by 40bps from 4.5% 
to 4.1%. This was as a result of reduced yields from lending 
linked to BOE base rate, somewhat offset by the average cost 
of deposits falling from 0.66% to 0.54%. 

In support of the Government’s unprecedented financial 
assistance package in response to the global pandemic, 
Arbuthnot Latham and Arbuthnot Commercial Asset Based 
Lending (“ACABL”) became accredited lenders for the British 
Business Bank’s CBIL and BBL schemes. A total of £20.8m of 
CBIL and £12.3m of BBL loans were issued across the Group 
during 2020 to 301 existing and new to bank SME clients.

Credit provisions increased to £2.8m for the year (2019: 
£0.9m). £1.2m of the charge was in Renaissance Asset 
Finance (“RAF”) mainly as a result of its exposure to the 
London Taxi market, which has experienced significant 
slow-down from the pandemic. In response to wider 
economic uncertainty, the Bank also revised its future 
economic scenarios as part of its IFRS9 expected credit losses 
assessment. The Bank has applied an average net decline of 
5.5% compared to 1.8% in 2019 for its UK property-based 
lending, which resulted in an increase in provisions of £0.3m.

2020 
£75.1m

2019 
£74.2m

2020 
£1.5m

2019 
£5.0m

2020 
£65.5m

2019 
£62.2m

2020 
£8.3m

2019 
£16.2m

2020 
£1,587.8m

2019 
£1,599.1m

Operating income

Other income

Operating expenses

Profit before tax  
(before Group  
recharges)

Customer loans

2020 
£2,365.2m

2019 
£2,084.9m

2020 
£2,855.0m

2019 
£2,584.7m

2020 
£1,147.5m

2019 
£1,107.3m

2020 
4.1%

2019 
4.5%

2020 
67.1%

2019 
76.7%

Customer deposits

Total assets

Assets under  
management

Average net margin

Loan to deposit ratio

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
10

Strategic Report 
Business Review continued

Banking

During the year the Group changed the way it manages and 
reports the Banking sector, combining the Private Banking 
and Commercial Banking sector into a single Banking sector. 
This is the level at which management decisions are made and 
how the Group will manage the overall business sectors going 
forward with the anticipated growth in subsidiary businesses.

The Private Bank’s loan book returned to growth in 2020 
reporting a modest increase of 1.3% to finish the year at 
£576m. The Bank continued to develop its strategy for a 
relationship-led service for clients who value the proposition. 
It continued to deepen existing relationships, as well as 
acquiring new criteria clients, with the latter continuing  
at the same pace as pre-pandemic levels. The Bank refused  
to compromise on its pricing models to attract new or retain 
existing lending, as well as taking a conservative stance on 
credit decisions given the economic uncertainty.

Private Banking deposits increased 4% to £1,080m. Following 
the base rate reduction in 2020, the business deployed a 
strategy to effectively manage the cost of deposits down  
whilst growing overall balances from existing and new clients.

The Commercial Bank loan book increased by 6% to  
£557m. This was against the backdrop of the pandemic and 
strategically moving the emphasis away from commercial real 
estate towards professional buy to let landlords. At the outset 
of the pandemic the immediate focus of the relationship 
teams was to support existing clients with payment deferrals 
or additional finance, to support them during short-term 
difficulties. As part of its accreditation to the Government’s 
Coronavirus Business Support Schemes the business issued 
278 BBL loans totalling £12.3m.

Commercial Banking deposits increased by £255m in 2020  
to exceed £1bn and finish the year with balances totalling 
£1,079m. The cost of deposits was closely managed by 
growing existing relationships as well as attracting new 
criteria clients to the Commercial Bank.

Commercial Banking
The bank continues to develop its 
highly focussed SME offering whilst 
maintaining a personalised service

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
11

Wealth Management

Mortgage Portfolios

The Santiago mortgage portfolio acquired in August 2019 
performed as expected, generating a gross yield of 3.5% 
consistent with the prior year (2019: 3.8%). Customers 
taking advantage of payment holidays as a result of the 
pandemic peaked at 27% during the year, falling to 1.7%  
at the year end.

After being approached by Charter Court Financial Services 
Limited (a subsidiary of OneSavings Bank), who provide  
the third party servicing of the portfolio, the Bank decided  
to sell the Tay portfolio as the yield had declined and it was 
becoming uneconomical to service. The sale completed on  
26 February 2021 and generated a net gain of £2.2m for  
the 2021 financial year.

Assets under Management (“AUM”) increased by 4% during 
2020 in part due to record gross inflows nearly 10% higher 
than the prior year and representing 14% of AUM at the  
start of the year.

Despite volatility in global equity markets, Wealth 
Management continued to attract new criteria clients 
requiring Wealth Planning and Investment Management 
services. The Investment Management division saw net 
inflows of client assets (excluding market movement)  
increase AUM to close the year at a record £1.15bn.

Wealth planning fees were £0.8m supporting £54m of gross 
AUM inflows. The business completed its first full year 
providing event based financial planning with clients paying 
for each piece of specific advice on a transactional basis with 
no ongoing advice fees attached.

The business continued to offer bespoke advice with client 
services delivered through virtual client meetings. The online 
client experience has been well received and clients have 
responded positively with over 600 client consultations  
taking place in the year.

Investment returns for 2020 recovered steadily from the 
March lows, with strong gains in the final quarter.  
All investment services recorded positive absolute returns  
for the calendar year. 

The business also launched its Investor Visa Service in the 
fourth quarter, which comprised a series of risk managed 
discretionary portfolios specifically designed to comply with 
the Home Office’s requirements for Tier 1 Investor Visas.

The number of Banking clients grew in 2020, with 789 new 
clients which was approximately the same level as seen in 
2019. Similarly, the number of Investment Management 
clients grew by 5.6% in the year.

Dubai

Following a strategic review of its international representation, 
the Bank concluded that in the current market the Dubai 
office no longer fitted with its future growth plans and  
so consequently took the decision to close the Dubai office.

The business has generated a good volume of client 
relationships for the Bank. However, its contribution versus 
its high cost base makes it unviable for the Bank’s future 
growth aspirations. Existing client assets have always been 
held in London and clients will now be serviced from the 
London office. The office is scheduled to close at the end  
of May 2021.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202012

Strategic Report 
Business Review continued

Renaissance Asset Finance (“RAF”)

Arbuthnot Commercial Asset Based Lending (“ACABL”)

Renaissance Asset finance reported a profit of £2.1m  
(2019: £1.9m). The combined effects of a decline in vehicle 
and capital equipment demand from the SME sector, together 
with a tightened approach to risk resulted in customer loan 
balances falling to £91.9m (2019: £102.2m) as amortisation 
of the existing loans exceeded new lending. It is expected that 
the decline will stabilise and then reverse as increased levels of 
new business activity return and as business sectors such as 
those involved in food distribution, internet delivery, the 
essential services and IT sectors experience an increased 
demand for asset finance facilities.

At the peak of the pandemic RAF saw 71% of its loan 
balances under forbearance measures. This fell to 16.7%  
at the year end. It is apparent that business sectors such as  
the London taxi market, which alone accounts for 86% of 
loan balances under forbearance, along with hospitality and 
media have been more impacted than others and are taking  
a longer time to recover. As a consequence, credit provisions 
have increased to £1.2m for the year compared to £0.7m for 
the previous year due to increased IFRS 9 Stage 2 provisions.

Despite the reduction in loan book and additional provisions 
required under IFRS 9 the business remained profitable.  
Lead indicators have continued to show good performance 
with no erosion of margin on new business written, remaining 
stable at 8% (2019: 8%). Credit quality of new originations 
has improved due to a revised credit appetite and reduced 
competition from other asset finance providers – especially 
those independent non-bank owned funders.

ACABL continued to generate monthly profits throughout 
2020 and during the year recovered all start-up costs incurred 
since its establishment in 2019.

The business completed 21 new transactions with facilities 
totalling £92m. In addition, following the accreditation  
by the British Business Bank in June to provide CBILs,  
the business wrote 23 CBIL loans totalling £20.8m to  
both existing clients and as part of financing structures  
to attract new clients.

The client base at the year end stood at 55, representing  
a 60% increase on 2019, with total facility limits of £244m,  
an 87% increase against the prior year. Since inception,  
the business has generated clients from 29 different sectors, 
underlining the spread and diverse nature of the book.

At the year end, the business reported drawn balances of 
£87.3m with a further £60.4m available for draw down.  
This is an increase of 50% from £103.4m at the end of 2019.

During the year, the business made 5,500 payments to clients 
totalling £750m, a 66% increase.

Maintaining a low client to portfolio manager ratio has 
enabled the team to support clients effectively throughout  
the pandemic, responding quickly to individual circumstances 
and challenges, while ensuring prudent risk management. 
This personal, service-driven approach is supported by an 
advanced technology-led front end system that has allowed 
clients to provide data from their accounting systems daily, 
enabling them to view their available funds and draw down 
remotely, throughout the lockdown.

Arbuthnot Specialist Finance Limited (“ASFL”)

ASFL was only established in 2019 and then due to the 
economic environment resulting from the pandemic, ASFLs 
credit appetite was severely curtailed, which significantly 
supressed new lending volumes.

The business restored its credit appetite early in the fourth 
quarter and received a strong level of new business enquiries 
month on month, which converted into a pipeline of business 
expected to draw in early 2021.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202013

Operations & Technology

As a result of the pandemic, the Bank responded with a rapid 
move to remote working in March 2020. Due to a number of 
years of continuing investment in IT systems, with a focus on 
ensuring strong levels of resilience and the ability to respond 
quickly to incidents, the Bank was able to move quickly to all 
employees working remotely.

The Bank continued to invest in new IT systems and 
upgrading the underlying IT infrastructure and networks.  
In July 2020 a new Salesforce CRM platform was launched, 
providing employees with easier access to client information 
and providing automated case management for a large 
number of the operational processes used to fulfil clients’ 
requests.

Despite the extended period of people working remotely, a 
high level of operational performance over the year continued 
to be maintained, with an effective control environment and  
a strong focus on supporting clients through the significant 
period of disruption.

Non card payments increased by 13.1% and, as a result,  
the Bank processed nearly 390,000 transactions, which  
is attributed to changes in customer behaviour as a result  
of the pandemic. Over 85% of these transactions were 
instructed via the online banking system. Unsurprisingly,  
due to the more limited access to high street retailers, there 
were 126,796 fewer card transactions made in 2020 when 
compared to 2019 and spending levels on cards still show 
little sign of returning to pre-pandemic levels. To support 
card holders, a new card app was launched in the Spring  
of 2020, providing clients with functionality to manage  
their cards online.

To improve the client experience when using online and 
mobile banking, an upgrade to the Mobile Banking App was 
delivered in the Autumn of 2020 and in December the Bank 
upgraded its payment systems, enabling clients to send and 
receive faster payments at all times, having previously only 
offered this service within traditional banking business hours. 
To support this, access to client support teams was extended 
beyond standard banking hours.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202014

Strategic Report 
Financial Review

Arbuthnot Banking Group adopts a pragmatic approach to risk taking and 
seeks to maximise long term revenues and returns. Given its relative size, it is 
nimble and able to remain entrepreneurial and capable of taking advantage 
of favourable market opportunities when they arise.

The Group provides a range of financial services to clients  
and customers in its chosen markets of Banking, Wealth 
Management, Asset Finance, Asset Based Lending and 
Specialist Finance. The Group’s revenues are derived from  
a combination of net interest income from lending, deposit 
taking and treasury activities, fees for services provided and 
commission earned on assets under management. The Group 
also earns rental income on its properties and receives 
dividends from financial investments.

The Group has reported a loss before tax of £1.1m (2019: 
profit of £7.0m). The underlying profit before tax was £8.2m 
(2019: profit of £5.8m).

The results for the year were overshadowed by the impact  
of COVID-19, which negatively impacted the Group in four 
ways. Firstly, the Bank of England Base Rate reduction from 
0.75% to historical lows of 0.1% cost the Group an 
estimated £10.3m. The majority of loans to customers 
repriced to lower rates reducing interest income by £6.7m.  
At the same time the Group continued its cautious approach 

to liquidity, maintaining low loan to deposit ratios and 
keeping high levels of cash reserves at the Bank of England. 
At the start of the pandemic, the Group made the conscious 
decision to further increase liquidity while economic 
uncertainty remains. Surplus liquidity resources above the 
minimum Regulatory requirement increased from £300m  
at the end of March to in excess of £600m at the end  
of December, which in turn exacerbated the impact of the 
reduction in the Bank of England Base Rate. The reduced 
income on excess liquidity resources made up the remaining 
£3.6m of lost revenue.

Secondly, in response to the emergence of the pandemic, in 
the second quarter, the Bank significantly reduced its credit 
appetite due to uncertainty in the global economy. As a  
result, the loan book remained flat from 2019 at £1.6bn. 

Thirdly, credit provisions required under IFRS 9 increased  
by £2m from the prior year. £1.1m of the charge was 
recorded in Renaissance Asset Finance, mainly as a result  
of its exposure to the London taxi market, as the sector 

Highlights
Summarised Income Statement

Net interest income
Net fee and commission income
Operating income
Other income
Operating expenses
Impairment losses - loans and advances  
to customers
(Loss) / profit before tax
Income tax expense

(Loss) / profit after tax

2020
£000

2019
£000

58,058
14,442
72,500
678
(71,419)
(2,849)

(1,090)
(242)

(1,332)

58,637
13,828
72,465
5,599
(70,186)
(867)

7,011
(835)

6,176

Basic earnings per share (pence)

(8.9)

41.2

Underlying profit/(loss) reconciliation

31 December 2020

Profit before tax and group 
recharges
Exceptional reduction in BoE 
Base Rate
Suspension of discretionary 
bonus payments
Loss of STB dividend
Cost of establishing new ventures
Loss of rental income during 
refurbishment work
Costs relating to the acquisition 
of Asset Alliance

Arbuthnot
Latham & Co.
£000

Group 
Centre  
£000

Arbuthnot
Banking Group
£000

8,316 (9,406)

(1,090)

10,335

 – 

10,335

(4,498)

(1,611)

(6,109)

168
1,012
1,494

1,360
 – 
 – 

991

 – 

1,528
1,012
1,494

991

Underlying profit

17,818 (9,657)

8,161

Underlying basic earnings per share (pence)

57.2

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202015

experienced significant slow-down due to the pandemic.  
Due to wider economic uncertainty caused by the COVID-19 
outbreak, the probability weighting of the future economic 
scenarios modelled in the IFRS 9 expected credit loss 
assessment were revised. This resulted in an average net 
decline in property prices of 5.5% compared to 1.8% in 
2019, increasing provisions by £0.3m.

Lastly, following the PRA’s statement in 2020, Secure Trust 
Bank did not pay a dividend in 2020, reducing income on  
our financial investment by £1.5m compared to 2019.

As highlighted in the Interim Report, the Group has 
prudently implemented cost control measures to offset the 
lost revenue caused by the pandemic, which included the 
cancellation of discretionary employee bonuses for 2020. 
However, no employees have been placed on furlough or  
been made redundant in 2020.

Other than the impacts from COVID-19 on the Group listed 
above, there were also one-off items included that need 
further explanation to understand the movement in the 
underlying results.

Further investment into ASFL lowered the reported profits  
by £1.0m (2019: £1.2m). The pandemic also significantly 
reduced credit appetite in this business unit and as a result 
lending volumes were subdued and customer balances reduced 

by £1.4m from 2019. In the fourth quarter credit appetite 
returned with strong levels of new business enquiries received, 
which converted into pipeline business expected to draw  
in early 2021.

In 2020 the Group started a significant refurbishment 
programme on one of its properties carried as inventory,  
King Street, which is expected to complete in the middle  
of 2021. This resulted in reduced rental income of £1.5m 
compared to the prior year.

Strong levels of capital and liquidity allowed the Group to 
take advantage of the opportunity to acquire Asset Alliance 
Group Holdings Limited, which is expected to complete on 
31 March 2021. This business is expected to significantly 
contribute to Group profitability. The current year results 
include £1m of costs relating to the acquisition.

Finally, the prior year underlying profit reconciliation includes 
£1.5m relating to the adjustment of the RAF management 
earn out liability and also a £0.9m reduction in profit to 
reflect the full year impact of the interest payable on the 
subordinated debt issued on 3 June 2019.

The Group’s Basic Earnings per share (“EPS”) was negative 
8.9p (2019: positive 41.2p) or on an underlying basis the  
EPS was 57.2p (2019: 32.8p).

Underlying profit reconciliation

31 December 2019

Profit before tax and group 
recharges
Cost of establishing new 
ventures
RAF deferred consideration 
adjustment
Subordinated debt charge as if 
applicable from 1 January 
2019*

Arbuthnot
Latham & Co.
£000

Group  
Centre  
£000

Arbuthnot
Banking Group
£000

16,156 (9,145)

7,011

1,208

(1,495)

 – 

 – 

1,208

(1,495)

Total assets

 – 

(924)

(924)

Balance Sheet Strength
Summarised Balance Sheet

Assets
Loans and advances to customers
Liquid assets
Other assets

Liabilities
Customer deposits
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Equity

Total equity and liabilities

Underlying profit

15,869 (10,069)

5,800

Underlying basic earnings per share (pence)

32.8

*    Subordinated debt charge accounted for as if from 1 January, rather 

than 3 June (date of issue).

2020
£000

2019
£000

1,587,849
1,091,758
173,929

1,599,053
815,126
181,200

2,853,536 2,595,379

2,365,207
294,306
2,659,513
194,023

2,084,903
302,141
2,387,044
208,335

2,853,536 2,595,379

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
16

Strategic Report 
Financial Review continued

Total operating income earned by the Group remained flat at 
£72.5m. The average net margin on lending was 4.1%, down 
from the 4.5% recorded in 2019. This was as a result of 
reduced yields on lending linked to the BoE base rate, partly 
offset by the cost of deposits falling from 0.66% to 0.54%. 
Fees and commissions increased by £0.6m to £14.4m, due  
to growth in ACABL. During the course of the year Assets 
Under Management (“AUM”) increased £40m to £1.15bn 
(2019: £1.11bn).

The Group’s operating expenses increased by £1.2m or 2% 
from 2019. This is largely as a result of the full year impact 
from 2019 employee hires and 2020 employee hires, together 
with the acquisition costs of £1m associated with Asset 
Alliance Group Holdings Limited.

Overall the return on equity for the Group was negative 
0.6% (2019: positive 3.0%). The target return on equity 
remains in the mid-teen range when the surplus capital has 
been deployed, the cost income ratio is reduced as the benefits 
of scale are realised by the additional lending, and once the 
exceptional Base Rate cut is reversed.

Total assets increased to £2.9bn (2019: £2.6bn), which was 
mainly as a result of the growth of customer deposits with  
the resultant excess funds placed on deposit at the Bank of 
England. The Group maintained its conservative funding 
policy of relying only on retail deposits and targeting a loan 
to deposit ratio of between 65-80%. Included in other assets 
is the Group’s investment property, which is held at fair value 
of £6.6m (2019: £6.8m). Also included in other assets are 
£88m of properties classified as inventory (2019: £75.2m). 
These properties are being refurbished with a view to sell. 
Other assets and other liabilities also include £17.7m  
(2019: £19.4m) and £18.3m (2019: £19.8m) respectively 
relating to right-of-use assets and lease liabilities. This is as 
the result of the implementation of IFRS 16 (leases) in 2019.

The net assets of the Group now stand at £12.70 per share 
(2019: £13.64). The decrease is mainly attributable to the 
£13.2m fall in the value of the Secure Trust Bank (“STB”) 
shares (held as a financial investment) recorded through 
Other Comprehensive Income. 

Segmental Analysis

The segmental analysis is shown in more detail in Note 43. 
The Group is organised into seven operating segments as 
disclosed below:

1.  Banking – Includes Private and Commercial Banking. 
Private Banking – Provides traditional private banking 
services as well as offering financial planning and 
investment management services and includes services 
provided in the Dubai branch. Commercial Banking – 
Provides bespoke commercial banking services and  
tailored secured lending against property investments  
and other assets.

2.  Mortgage Portfolios – Acquired mortgage portfolios.

3.  RAF – Specialist asset finance lender mainly in high value 

cars but also business assets.

4.  ACABL – Provides finance secured on either invoices, 

assets or stock of the borrower.

5.  ASFL – Provides short term secured lending solutions  
to professional and entrepreneurial property investors.

6.  All Other Divisions – All other smaller divisions and 

central costs in Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd (Investment 
property and Central unallocated items)

7.  Group Centre – ABG Group management.

During the year the Group changed the way it manages and 
reports the Banking sector, combining the Private Banking and 
Commercial Banking sector into a single Banking sector. This is 
the level at which management decisions are made and how the 
Group will manage the overall business sectors going forward 
with the anticipated growth in subsidiary businesses.  
The comparative numbers for the Banking division have 
therefore been restated to include Private and Commercial 
Banking.

The analysis presented below, and in the business review, is 
before any consolidation adjustments to reverse the impact  
of the intergroup operating activities and also intergroup 
recharges and is a fair reflection of the way the Directors 
manage the Group.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202017

Banking

Mortgage Portfolios

The Mortgage Portfolios reported a profit of £4.2m (2019: 
£3.3m). This is an increase on the prior year of 27%, mainly 
as a result of the full year impact of the Santiago mortgage 
portfolio acquired in August 2019. The Santiago mortgage 
portfolio performed as expected generating a gross yield of 
3.5% (2019: 3.8%). Customers taking advantage of payment 
holidays as a result of COVID-19 peaked at 27% in the year 
and closed the year at 1.7%.

On 26 February 2021, the Group agreed terms to sell the  
Tay mortgage portfolio to a subsidiary of OneSavings Bank. 
The portfolio was reaching the point of becoming subscale  
in terms of servicing and the yield had declined. The sale 
generated a net gain of £2.2m, although future revenues  
will be forgone.

Banking reported a profit before tax of £2.3m (2019: 
£10.2m). This is a decrease of £7.9m or 77%. This decrease 
is largely due to lower interest income earned on lending 
balances and excess customer deposits placed at the Bank  
of England, due to the reduction in the Bank of England  
Base Rate.

AUM remained flat at £1.1bn and as a result, fee and 
commission income remained fairly flat year on year  
at £11.4m (2019: £11.8m).

An increase in indirect costs of £5.9m was partially offset  
by a decrease in direct costs as a result of the suspension  
of bonus payments of £2.4m. Indirect costs from support 
departments increased due to the full year impact of 2019 
and 2020 staff hires and the costs associated with various IT 
projects. The average customer yield was 4.1% (2019: 4.5%).

The customer loan balances increased by £27m to £1,134m 
and customer deposits also increased to £1,904m (2019: 
£1,863m). The average loan to value was 53.4% (2019: 54%).

The Dubai office is scheduled to close at the end of May 
following a strategic review. The business introduced a good 
number of new client relationships to the Bank, but it was 
decided that the high cost base could be applied more 
effectively in other areas of the Group to contribute towards 
the future growth plans.

Banking
Summarised Income Statement

Mortgage Portfolios
Summarised Income Statement

Net interest income
Net fee and commission income
Operating income
Operating expenses - direct costs
Operating expenses - indirect costs
Impairment losses - loans and advances  
to customers

2020
£000

2019
£000

42,039
11,369
53,408
(18,839)
(30,668)
(1,576)

45,258
11,801
57,059
(21,910)
(24,775)
(165)

Net interest income
Operating income
Operating expenses - direct costs
Impairment losses - loans and advances  
to customers

2020
£000

5,951
5,951
(1,624)
(115)

2019
£000

4,113
4,113
(807)
 – 

Profit before tax

4,212

3,306

Profit before tax

2,325

10,209

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
18

Strategic Report 
Financial Review continued

RAF

Renaissance Asset Finance recorded a profit before tax of 
£2.1m (2019: £1.9m), which is an increase of 13% from the 
previous year and includes a number of early redemption fees 
as loans were settled early as borrowers switched to the 
government lending schemes to lower their cost of funding.

Net interest income increased by £0.1m while costs decreased 
by £0.6m. Impairments increased from £0.7m to £1.2m due to 
increased IFRS 9 provisions, mainly as a result of the exposure 
to the London taxi market. Due to the pandemic loan balances 
under forbearance measures peaked at 71% during the year 
and closed at 17% at year-end. 

The customer loan balances decreased by 11% to close the 
year at £91.9m (2019: £102.9m) and the average yield for 
2020 was 8.9%, compared to 9.1% for 2019. The reduction  
in customer loan balances was the combined result of lower 
demand from the SME sector together with revised credit 
appetite as a result of the pandemic. Reduced competition from 
other asset finance providers, the return of business activity in 
affected sectors as well as new business activity from business 
sectors experiencing growth, for example food distribution, 
internet delivery, the essential services and IT sectors, are all 
expected to stabilise and contribute to future growth of the 
loan book.

Arbuthnot Commercial Asset Based Lending (“ACABL”)

ACABL recorded a £2m profit before tax (2019: £24k) and 
also during the year achieved positive cumulative reserves.

Customer loan balances increased to £87.3m (2019: £75.9m) 
at the end of the year, with issued facilities increasing to 
£243.8m from £130.1m in 2019.

RAF
Summarised Income Statement

Arbuthnot Commercial Asset Based Lending (“ACABL”)
Summarised Income Statement

2020
£000

2019
£000

Net interest income
Net fee and commission income
Operating income
Other income
Operating expenses - direct costs
Impairment losses - loans and advances

Profit before tax

6,021
130
6,151
73
(2,975)
(1,154)

2,095

5,873
207
6,080
64
(3,577)
(708)

Net interest income
Net fee and commission income
Operating income
Operating expenses - direct costs
Impairment losses - loans and advances  
to customers

1,859

Profit before tax

2020
£000

2019
£000

2,732
2,403
5,135
(3,130)
 – 

1,345
1,377
2,722
(2,708)
10

2,005

24

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202019

Arbuthnot Specialist Finance (“ASFL”)

Other Divisions

ASFL recorded a loss before tax of £1.0m (2019: loss of 
£1.2m), as the Group continues to fund the start-up costs  
for this business. 

Customer loan balances closed the year at £6.0m (2019: 
£7.4m). Higher interest income from the full year impact  
of 2019 drawn balances, was partly offset by increased costs. 
Reduced credit appetite due to the pandemic resulted in lower 
than expected customer balances, but revised appetite in Q4 
has led to increased business enquiries, which are expected  
to draw down in early 2021.

The aggregated loss before tax of other divisions was £1.3m 
(2019: profit of £2.0m). 

Reported within the other divisions in other income was rental 
income on our Property portfolio of £0.5m (2019: £2.1m). 
£1.5m of the reduction in rental income from the prior year  
is due to the King Street property being vacant while extensive 
refurbishment works are carried out. In the prior year other 
income also included a £1.5m adjustment to the RAF 
management earn out liability.

Arbuthnot Specialist Finance (“ASFL”)
Summarised Income Statement

Other Divisions
Summarised Income Statement

2020
£000

2019
£000

Net interest income
Net fee and commission income
Operating income
Operating expenses - direct costs
Impairment losses - loans and advances  
to customers

536
3
539
(1,547)
(4)

71
 – 
71
(1,275)
(4)

Net interest income
Net fee and commission income
Operating income
Other income
Operating expenses - direct costs

(Loss) / Profit before tax

Loss before tax

(1,012)

(1,208)

2020
£000

2019
£000

3,389
537
3,926
1,445
(6,680)

3,738
443
4,181
4,955
(7,170)

(1,309)

1,966

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202020

Strategic Report 
Financial Review continued

Group Centre

Capital

The Group costs increased to £9.4m (2019: £9.1m). The full 
year impact of the subordinated loan issued in 2019, increased 
costs by £0.8m. 

No dividends were received from STB during the year due to 
the ongoing pandemic, which reduced other income by £1.4m. 

The increased costs and loss of other income was partially 
offset by the suspension of bonuses, which reduced operating 
expenses by £1.5m.

The Group’s capital management policy is focused on 
optimising shareholder value over the long term. There is a 
clear focus on delivering organic growth and ensuring capital 
resources are sufficient to support planned levels of growth. 
The Board regularly reviews the capital position.

The Group and the individual banking operation, are 
authorised by the Prudential Regulation Authority (“PRA”) 
and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority and the 
Prudential Regulation Authority and are subject to EU 
Capital Requirement Regulation (EU No.575/2013) (“CRR”) 
which forms part of the retained EU legislation (EU 
legislation which applied in the UK before 11.00 p.m. on  
31 December 2020 has been retained in UK law as a form of 
domestic legislation known as ‘retained EU legislation’) and 
the PRA Rulebook for CRR firms. One of the requirements 
for the Group and the individual banking operation is that 
capital resources must be in excess of capital requirements  
at all times. 

In accordance with the parameters set out in the PRA 
Rulebook, the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process 
(“ICAAP”) is embedded in the risk management framework 
of the Group. The ICAAP identifies and assesses the risks to 
the Group, considers how these risks can be mitigated and 
demonstrates that the Group has sufficient resources, after 
mitigating actions, to withstand all reasonable scenarios. 

Group Centre
Summarised Income Statement

Net interest income
Subordinated loan stock interest
Operating income
Other income
Operating expenses

Loss before tax

2020
£000

2019
£000

(146)
(2,464)
(2,610)
 – 
(6,796)

(141)
(1,620)
(1,761)
1,420
(8,804)

(9,406)

(9,145)

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202021

The Group’s regulatory capital is divided into two tiers:

•  Common equity Tier 1 (“CET1”), which comprises 

shareholder funds less regulatory deductions for intangible 
assets, including goodwill, deferred tax assets that do not 
arise from temporary differences, and, if in excess of the 
CRR thresholds, a portion of the Group’s non-significant 
investment in a financial institution, Secure Trust Bank 
(“STB”). 

•  Tier 2 comprises qualifying subordinated loans.

Capital ratios are reviewed on a monthly basis to ensure that 
external requirements are adhered to. All regulated trading 
entities have complied with all of the externally imposed 
capital requirements to which they are subject.

2020
£000

2019
£000

195,979
(15,393)
180,586
37,656

219,627
(41,983)
177,644
36,837

218,242

214,481

15.4%

18.7%

14.4%

17.3%

Not all material risks can be mitigated by capital, but where 
capital is appropriate the Board has adopted a “Pillar 1 plus” 
approach to determine the level of capital the Group needs  
to hold. This method takes the Pillar 1 capital requirement 
for credit, market and operational risk as a starting point, 
and then considers whether each of the calculations delivers  
a sufficient amount of capital to cover risks to which the 
Group is, or could be, exposed. Where the Board considers 
that the Pillar 1 calculations do not adequately cover the 
risks, an additional Pillar 2A capital requirement is applied. 
The PRA will set a Pillar 2A capital requirement in light of 
the calculations included within the ICAAP. The Group’s 
Total Capital Requirement, as issued by the PRA, is the sum 
of the minimum capital requirements under the CRR (Pillar 
1) and the Pillar 2A requirement.

The ICAAP document will be updated at least annually, or 
more frequently if changes in the business, strategy, nature  
or scale of the Group’s activities or operational environment 
suggest that the current level of capital resources are no 
longer adequate. The ICAAP brings together the management 
framework (i.e. the policies, procedures, strategies, and 
systems that the Group has implemented to identify, manage 
and mitigate its risks) and the financial disciplines of business 
planning and capital management. The Group’s regulated 
entity is also the principal trading subsidiary as detailed in 
Note 42.

Capital ratios

CET1 Capital Instruments*
Deductions
CET1 Capital after Deductions
Tier 2 Capital

Own Funds

CET1 Capital Ratio (CET1 Capital/Total Risk Exposure)

Total Capital Ratio (Own Funds/Total Risk Exposure)

*    Includes year-end audited result.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202022

Strategic Report 
Financial Review continued

Risks and Uncertainties

The Group regards the monitoring and controlling of risks 
and uncertainties as a fundamental part of the management 
process. Consequently, senior management are involved  
in the development of risk management policies and in 
monitoring their application. A detailed description of the 
risk management framework and associated policies is set  
out in note 6.

The principal risks inherent in the Group’s business are 
reputational, macroeconomic and competitive environment, 
strategic, credit, market, liquidity, operational, cyber, conduct 
and, regulatory and capital.

Reputational risk
Reputational risk is the risk to the Group from a failure to 
meet reasonable stakeholder expectations as a result of any 
event, behaviour, action or inaction by ABG itself, its 
employees or those with whom it is associated. This includes 
the associated risk to earnings, capital or liquidity.

ABG seeks to ensure that all of it businesses act consistently 
with the seven corporate principles as laid out on page 1 of 
the Annual Report and Accounts. This is achieved through a 
central Risk Management framework and supporting policies, 
the application of a three-lines of defence model across the 
Group and oversight by various committees. Employees are 
supported in training, studies and other ways and encouraged 
to live out the cultural values within the Group of integrity, 
energy and drive, respect, collaboration and empowerment. 
In applying the seven corporate principles, the risk of 
reputational damage is minimised as the Group serves its 
shareholders, customers and employees with integrity and 
high ethical standards. 

Macroeconomic and competitive environment
The Group is exposed to indirect risks that may arise from 
the macroeconomic and competitive environment. 

Coronavirus
The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and continues to have,  
a material impact on all businesses around the world and the 
markets in which they operate. There are a number of factors 
associated with the pandemic and its impact on global 
economies that could have a material adverse effect on 
(among other things) the profitability, capital and liquidity  
of financial institutions.

To ensure an appropriate response to the pandemic, 
management scrutinised key risks emerging from the crisis 
and their impact on the Group’s risk profile. The Board’s 
discussions focused on operational resilience, liquidity and 
funding considerations, customer vulnerability, and the 
impact of material increases in forbearance requests on the 
Group’s credit portfolios and on its operational capacity.

The pandemic has caused disruption to the Group’s clients, 
suppliers and employees globally. The markets in which the 
Group operates have implemented severe restrictions on the 
movement of their respective populations, with a resultant 
significant impact on economic activity. These restrictions are 
being determined by the governments of individual 
jurisdictions (including through the implementation of 
emergency powers) and impacts (including the timing of 
implementation and any subsequent lifting of restrictions) 
may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. 

Schemes have been initiated by the Bank of England, national 
governments and regulators to provide financial support to 
parts of the economy most impacted by the COVID-19 
pandemic. These schemes have been designed and implemented 
at pace, which has allowed the Group to continue meeting 
clients’ requirements with employees monitoring operational 
issues which may arise in their implementation.

Furthermore, the Group relies on models to support a broad 
range of business and risk management activities, including 
informing business decisions and strategies, measuring and 
limiting risk, valuing exposures (including the calculation of 
impairment), conducting stress testing and assessing capital 
adequacy. Management regularly meet to discuss the impact 
of COVID-19 and review data to mitigate any potential 
negative effects.

The details of how these schemes will impact the Group’s 
clients in the long term remains uncertain at this stage. 
However, certain actions (such as the introduction of 
payment holidays for certain lending products or the 
cancellation or waiver of fees associated with certain 
products) may impact the effective interest rate earned  
on certain of the Group’s portfolios and fee income being 
earned on certain products. 

The significant business risks that may arise from the 
economic shock in addition to the reduction in interest rates 
as detailed in the Strategic Report are:

a.  Increased credit risk as borrowers are unable to continue 
to meet their interest obligations as they fall due. It is also 
currently unclear precisely how the withdrawal of the 
Government’s announced package of measures will affect 
this clear risk.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202023

Climate change
Climate change presents financial and reputational risks for 
the banking industry. The Board consider Climate change  
a material risk as per the Board approved risk appetite 
framework which provides a structured approach to risk 
taking within agreed boundaries. The assessment is 
proportional at present but will develop over time as the 
Group generates further resources and industry consensus 
emerges. The assessment is maintained by the Chief Risk 
officer and has been informed by the ICAAP review and 
workshops for employees.

Whilst it is difficult to assess how climate change will unfold, 
the Group is continually assessing various risk exposures.  
The UK has a legally binding target to cut its greenhouse gas 
emissions to “net-zero” by 2050. There is growing consensus 
that an orderly transition to a low-carbon economy will bring 
substantial adjustments to the global economy which will 
have financial implications while bringing risks and 
opportunities.

The risk assessment process has been integrated into  
existing risk frameworks and will be governed through the  
various risk governance structures including review and 
recommendations by the Arbuthnot Latham Risk Committee. 
Arbuthnot Latham has been assessed against the Task  
Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures’ (“TCFD”) 
recommended disclosures and where appropriate the FCA/
PRA guidance as per the Supervisory Statements.

In accordance with the requirements of the PRA’s Supervisory 
Statement ‘Enhancing banks’ and insurers’ approaches to 
managing the financial risks from climate change’, the Group 
has allocated responsibility for identifying and managing the 
risks from climate change to the relevant existing Senior 
Management Function. The Bank is continuously developing 
a suitable strategic approach to climate change and the 
unique challenges it poses. 

The FCA have issued ‘Climate Change and Green Finance: 
summary of responses and next steps’. In addition to the 
modelling of various scenarios and various governance 
reviews, the Group will continue to monitor requirements 
through the relationship with UK Finance.

b.  The uncertainty in the economy could result in a 

significant fall in the collateral values of our security held 
against the loans. At the beginning of the pandemic the 
Royal Institute of Charter Surveyors (“RICS”) issued a 
statement suggesting that any valuations they may produce 
in the current environment would be subject to a warning 
that the values vary significantly. However, property prices 
have held up and transaction volumes and other relevant 
evidence is starting to return to levels adequate to base 
valuation opinions on. Also, the average loan to value of 
our property backed lending book is 53.4%, so to have a 
material impact, this fall in collateral values would have to 
be severe and prolonged. 

c.  A prolonged reduction in business activity will affect our 
ability to generate new business opportunities, in which 
case repayments in our current lending portfolios will  
be greater than new originations, which will lead to an 
overall fall in the Group’s customer lending balances  
and the associated revenue that this generates. At the  
start of the pandemic the Group significantly reduced its  
credit appetite due to uncertainty in the global economy,  
which resulted in the loan book remaining flat from the  
prior year. However, since re-instating credit appetite to 
pre-pandemic levels in the third quarter, the Group has 
generated a significant pipeline of business.

d.  The economic shock could also lead to a fall in valuations 
in the Groups investment properties and those properties 
held in inventory. As mentioned under point (b) above, 
transaction volumes are starting to return and property 
prices have held up since the start of the pandemic more 
than a year ago.

e.  As the revenues earned by the Group’s Investment 

Management business are directly linked to the balances 
managed on behalf of our clients, any reduction in these 
values due to market movements will have a corresponding 
impact on these revenues. AUM initially reduced to  
close the first half 3% down from what was reported at  
31 December 2019, however, despite market volatility,  
the Wealth Management team continued to attract criteria 
clients and AUMs closed the year 4% ahead of the  
prior year. 

Brexit
The Brexit transition period came to an end on 31 December 
2020 and the EU and UK agreed the Trade and Cooperation 
Agreement on 24 December 2020, which is provisionally 
applicable from 1 January 2021. There is still some uncertainty 
around the long term consequences of Brexit. The Group’s 
only overseas operation in Dubai is in the process of being 
closed, so the vast majority of the Group’s income and 
expenditure is based in the UK. The Group will continue  
to monitor the implications of Brexit on the wider economy 
as the future relationship with the EU develops.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202024

Strategic Report 
Financial Review continued

Strategic risk
Strategic risk is the risk that the Group’s ability to achieve  
its corporate and strategic objectives may be compromised. 
This risk is particularly important to the Group as it continues 
its growth strategy. However, the Group seeks to mitigate 
strategic risk by focusing on a sustainable business model 
which is aligned to the Group’s business strategy. Also, the 
Board of Directors usually meets once a year to hold a two 
day board meeting to ensure that the Group’s strategy is 
appropriate for the market and economy.

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty (borrower) will be 
unable to pay amounts in full when due. This risk exists in 
Arbuthnot Latham, which currently has a loan book of 
£1,588m (2019: £1,599m). The lending portfolio in 
Arbuthnot Latham is extended to clients, the majority of 
which is secured against cash, property or other high quality 
assets. Credit risk is managed through the Credit Committee 
of Arbuthnot Latham.

Market risk
Market risk arises in relation to movements in interest rates, 
currencies, property and equity markets. The Group’s 
treasury function operates mainly to provide a service to 
clients and does not take significant unmatched positions  
in any market for its own account. As a result, the Group’s 
exposure to adverse movements in interest rates and 
currencies is limited to interest earnings on its free cash and 
interest rate re-pricing mismatches. The Group actively 
monitors its exposure to future changes in interest rates.

The Group is exposed to changes in the market value of its 
properties. The current carrying value of Investment Property 
is £6.6m and properties classified as inventory are carried at 
£88m. Any changes in the market value of the property will 
be accounted for in the Income Statement for the Investment 
Property and could also impact the carrying value of 
inventory, which is at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value. As a result, it could have a significant impact on the 
profit or loss of the Group.

The Group has a 9.76% interest in Secure Trust Bank. This is 
currently recorded in the Group’s balance sheet as a Financial 
Investment. The carrying value is adjusted to market value at 
each balance sheet date, according to the share price of Secure 
Trust Bank. Any gains or losses that arise are recorded in 
Other Comprehensive Income.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group, although solvent, 
either does not have sufficient financial resources to enable  
it to meet its obligations as they fall due, or can only secure 
such resources at an excessive cost. The Group takes a 
conservative approach to managing its liquidity profile.  
Retail client deposits and drawings from the Bank of England 
Term Funding Scheme fund the Group. The loan to deposit 
ratio is maintained at a prudent level, and consequently the 
Group maintains a high level of liquidity. The Arbuthnot 
Latham Board annually approves the Internal Liquidity 
Adequacy Assessment Process (“ILAAP”). The Directors 
model various stress scenarios and assess the resultant cash 
flows in order to evaluate the Group’s potential liquidity 
requirements. The Directors firmly believe that sufficient 
liquid assets are held to enable the Group to meet its 
liabilities in a stressed environment.

Operational risk
Operational risk is the risk that the Group may be exposed  
to financial losses from conducting its business. The Group’s 
exposures to operational risk include its Information 
Technology (“IT”) and Operations platforms. There are 
additional internal controls in these processes that are 
designed to protect the Group from these risks. The Group’s 
overall approach to managing internal control and financial 
reporting is described in the Corporate Governance section  
of the Annual Report. 

During the year there was significant focus on the potential 
operational risks arising from the change in working practices 
due to the pandemic, particularly the move to home-working 
in order to protect employees and support clients through  
the crisis. Management attention also focused heavily on 
operational resilience to ensure that planning, controls and 
operational activities remained robust and appropriate.  
The Bank ensured that all employees had access to equipment 
to complete their work with all employees working from 
home for the majority of the year.

The Group’s control environment was continually monitored 
to ensure that the challenges posed by adapting to the impact 
of COVID-19 were safely addressed. There was also continued 
oversight of the Group’s preparations for the end of the 
transition period, following the UK’s exit from the EU, to 
ensure that processes and systems are appropriate to ensure 
continuity of service for customers.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202025

Cyber risk
Cyber risk is an increasing risk for the Group within its 
operational processes. It is the risk that the Group is subject 
to some form of disruption arising from an interruption to  
its IT and data infrastructure. The Group regularly tests the 
infrastructure to ensure that it remains robust to a range  
of threats, and has continuity of business plans in place 
including a disaster recovery plan.

Conduct risk
As a financial services provider we face conduct risk, 
including selling products to customers which do not meet 
their needs, failing to deal with clients’ complaints effectively, 
not meeting clients’ expectations, and exhibiting behaviours 
which do not meet market or regulatory standards. 

The Group adopts a low risk appetite for any unfair customer 
outcomes. It maintains clear compliance guidelines and 
provides ongoing training to all employees. Periodic spot 
checks, compliance monitoring and internal audits are 
performed to ensure these guidelines are followed. The Group 
also has insurance policies in place to provide some cover for 
any claims that may arise.

Regulatory and capital risk
Regulatory and capital risk includes the risk that the Group 
will have insufficient capital resources to support the business 
and/or does not comply with regulatory requirements.  
The Group adopts a conservative approach to managing its 
capital. The Board of Arbuthnot Latham approves an ICAAP 
annually, which includes the performance of stringent stress 
tests to ensure that capital resources are adequate over  
a three year horizon. Capital and liquidity ratios are regularly 
monitored against the Board’s approved risk appetite as part 
of the risk management framework.

Regulatory change also exists as a risk to the Group’s 
business. Notwithstanding the assessments carried out by  
the Group to manage the regulatory risk, it is not possible to 
predict how regulatory and legislative changes may alter and 
impact the business. Significant and unforeseen regulatory 
changes may reduce the Group’s competitive situation and 
lower its profitability.

Stakeholder Engagement and S. 172 (1) Statement

This section of the Strategic Report describes how the 
Directors have had regard to the matters set out in section 
172 (1) (a) to (f) of the Companies Act 2006 when making 
decisions. It forms the Directors’ statement required by 
Arbuthnot Banking Group as a large-sized company under 
section 414CZA of the Act.

The Directors have acted in a way that they considered, in 
good faith, to be most likely to promote the success of the 
Company for the benefit of its members as a whole, and in 
doing so had regard, amongst other matters, to:

•  the likely consequences of any decision in the long term;

•  the interests of the Company’s employees;

•  the need to foster the Company’s business relationships 

with suppliers, customers and others;

•  the impact of the Company’s operations on the community 

and the environment;

•  the desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation 

for high standards of business conduct; and

•  the need to act fairly as between members of the Company.

The stakeholders we consider in this regard are our 
shareholders, employees, customers, suppliers, regulators  
and the environment in which we operate.

The Arbuthnot Principles and Values set out on page 1 
explain the Board’s approach to its stakeholders. Details  
of how the Directors had regard to the interests of its key 
stakeholders during the year are set out below, in the  
Group Directors Report on page 31 and in the Corporate 
Governance Report on page 38.

Likely consequences of any decision in the long term
The Directors make their decisions to ensure that long-term 
prospects are not sacrificed for short term gain, reflecting  
the values and support of Sir Henry Angest, Chairman  
and Chief Executive and majority shareholder, which have  
proved successful in creating and maintaining value for all 
shareholders for over 40 years. This was demonstrated in  
the year by a number of Board decisions. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202026

Strategic Report 
Financial Review continued

In November 2020, notwithstanding the uncertainties arising 
from the pandemic and Brexit, the Board approved the 
acquisition of Asset Alliance Group Holdings. It judged this 
to be complementary to the Group’s strategy to diversify its 
income stream with higher yielding assets, whilst not affecting 
its risk profile. It was also seen as a typical Arbuthnot 
opportunistic moment to buy a good business, constrained by 
external uncertainties and by funding which the Bank is able 
to supply. 

Secondly the Board reaffirmed its decision, taken as part  
of the annual budget, to maintain significant investment in 
modern technology in order to grow the Group’s businesses, 
principally the new integrated Client Relationship 
Management (CRM) platform introduced in July. Investment 
in technology continued with the roll out ahead of the first 
national lockdown of Microsoft 365, including Teams  
for meetings, which enabled efficient remote working. 
Amortisation of this investment began at a time of pressure 
on the Group’s profitability due to the shortfall in income 
resulting from the impact on margins of the Bank of England 
base rate cuts in March 2020. Income was further reduced  
by the absence of growth in lending as a result of the decision  
to tighten credit appetites which was relaxed in September 
once the impact of the unprecedented extent of Government 
intervention in the economy became known. This typically 
cautious long-term approach led to a slower recovery from 
the damaging impact of the base rate cuts than would have 
otherwise occurred, whilst also limiting the extent of bad 
debts.

A further illustration of the balancing of the interests of our 
stakeholders in their long-term interest was the decision to 
withdraw the dividend declared in March 2020 in response  
to the statement by the PRA on deposit takers’ approach to 
dividends. Following the relaxation of this position by the 
PRA in December 2020, advising that it is for bank boards  
to determine the appropriate level of distributions, the Board 
decided in February 2021 to pay the withdrawn dividend 
which related to 2019 profits and also not to recommend  
a final dividend for 2020. The Board will continue to consider 
any future dividends to shareholders in a prudent manner, 
ensuring they are properly planned in line with business 
growth and potential bad debt experience.

Interests of the Company’s employees 
The Company has fewer than 20 employees, all of whom 
have direct access to Board members. As such, it has not been 
deemed necessary to appoint an employee representative  
to the Board, nor a formal workforce advisory panel, nor  
a designated non-executive Director. As explained in the 
section 172 (1) Statement of Arbuthnot Latham, the 
Company’s operating subsidiary, one of that company’s 
non-executive directors and its Whistleblowing Champion, 
has been designated by its board as the director to engage 
with the Group’s workforce. Employees are able to raise 
concerns in confidence with the HR Team, with grievances 
followed up in line with a specified process which satisfies  
all legal requirements. There is also protection for employees 
deriving from the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998.  
Any material whistleblowing events are notified to the Board 
and to the applicable regulator.

The Board receives an update on human resource matters  
at each of its meetings. Early on in the pandemic, the decision 
was taken to prioritise job retention and not to furlough any 
employees, whilst awarding no bonuses for 2020, in order  
to protect the business. There were regular communications 
during the year including two Employee Surveys undertaken 
in order to support employees, reassure them over job 
security and to seek their views on the eventual return to 
office working. Each survey showed high engagement and 
positive responses, reflecting the efforts made to reassure 
employees by communicating the decisions made to look after 
them during the period of remote working. In the first survey 
in April, 94% of employees responded with 90% satisfied. 
89% per cent of employees agreed that they had been 
provided with the necessary IT support to work remotely, 
within a reasonable timeframe. From the comments received, 
there was a strong sense that communication had been clear, 
regular and consistent and had a strong focus on employee 
wellbeing. There were similarly good responses to the second 
survey in September which included questions on interest in 
remote working in future with 92% of employees proud to 
work for the Group, up from 83% in 2019.

Company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers 
and others
The Directors attach great importance to good relations with 
customers and business partners. In particular, our clients are 
integral to our business and forging and maintaining client 
relationships are core to Arbuthnot Latham’s business and 
crucial for client retention. Regular contact was maintained 
with clients during the year providing support where possible, 
mainly by telephone following the closure of offices and some 
via Microsoft Teams. In the summer months, our bankers 
were able to meet some clients in their gardens. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020It was decided that the Bank should apply for approval into 
the Government Loan Schemes (BBLs and CBILs), 
administered by the British Business Bank, as this was 
important in being able to meet client expectations.

As their needs and expectations change, clients now demand 
access to their bank and relationship managers through  
a variety of channels and expect efficient and streamlined 
processes supported by state of the art technology. Hence the 
decision in 2019 to invest in the adoption of modern and 
integrated CRM technology with the potential to improve 
significantly front-office operations and help support existing 
and new clients better. This project was delivered during  
2020 with all the training material both created and 
consumed remotely. 

In July the Board of Arbuthnot Latham approved a new 
relationship with a clearing bank as part of the move to  
an Extended Hours Service which was launched in December 
whereby customers are now able to send and receive faster 
payments 24 hours a day, seven days a week, with the 
Banking Support team on hand for longer to assist with 
online banking-related queries.

The Company is committed to following agreed supplier 
payment terms. There is a Supplier Management Framework 
in place covering governance around the Company’s 
procurement and supplier management activities. For due 
diligence and compliance purposes, suppliers are assessed 
through an external registration system. The Modern Slavery 
Statement, approved by the Board each March as part of its 
annual review of the Company’s stance and approach to the 
Modern Slavery Act, explains the risk-based approach that 
the Company has taken to give assurance that slavery and 
human trafficking are not taking place in its supply chains  
or any part of its business. 

Other stakeholders include the Company’s Regulators, the 
PRA and the FCA, with whom open and regular dialogue is 
maintained including regular fortnightly calls by the Group 
Finance Director and Arbuthnot Latham’s Chief Risk Officer 
with the PRA Supervisory team throughout the pandemic.

27

Impact of the Company’s operations on the community  
and the environment 
As a financial services company our impact on the 
environment is limited. Nevertheless, there is growing 
consensus that an orderly transition to a low-carbon economy 
will bring structural adjustments to the global economy 
which will have financial implications, bringing both risks 
and opportunities. Accordingly, in September, the Board  
of Arbuthnot Latham considered a report on the Strategic 
Review of Climate Change Opportunities Report produced, 
following consideration by its executive directors of the 
Group’s strategic response to climate change as part of the 
annual strategy and budget process. This year, the Board  
has approved a new energy and carbon report meeting  
the requirements of the Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
Reporting standards, as set out on page 32 of the  
Directors Report.

Desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation for 
high standards of business conduct
The Directors believe that the Arbuthnot culture set out in the 
Arbuthnot Principles and Values on page 1 manifests itself at 
Board level and in the external view of the Group as a whole. 
The importance of the Group’s reputation is considered at 
each Board meeting. During the year these Principles were 
encapsulated in five Group values, embedded into day-to-day 
activities. These values are integrity, respect, empowerment, 
energy and drive, and collaboration.

Acting fairly as between members of the Company
The majority shareholder, Sir Henry Angest, is the Company’s 
Chairman and Chief Executive. There is continuing 
engagement with other major shareholders and the Directors 
make their decisions on behalf of all shareholders. In June, 
the Company made contact with five institutional 
shareholders in order to understand why they had voted 
against the resolution at the AGM authorising the making of 
political donations and incurring of political expenditure, as 
explained on page 38 of the Corporate Governance Report. 
The Board continues to believe that it is in the interests of 
shareholders that it has the flexibility to make political 
donations in light of prevailing political circumstances over 
the next few years. It was encouraged by the continued 
support of its major shareholders. It welcomes engagement 
with them and will continue to maintain communications via 
one-to-one meetings as appropriate.

James Cobb
Group Finance Director 

24 March 2021

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202028

Board 
of Directors

Sir Henry Angest

James Cobb

Andrew Salmon

Nigel Boardman

Ian Dewar

Sir Christopher Meyer

Sir Alan Yarrow 

Nicholas Jennings

Company Secretary

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202029

Sir Henry Angest 

Appointed to the Board in December 1985. 
Sir Henry is the Chairman and Chief Executive and is also 
Chairman of Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited. He gained 
extensive national and international experience as an 
executive of The Dow Chemical Company and Dow Banking 
Corporation. He was previously Chairman of Secure Trust 
Bank PLC and a Director until August 2018, Chairman  
of the Banking Committee of the London Investment Banking 
Association and a Director of the Institute of Directors.  
He is a Past Master of the Worshipful Company of 
International Bankers, where he is still a member of the Court.

James Cobb FCA 

Joined the Board in November 2008 as Group Finance 
Director. 
He was also appointed Deputy Chief Executive of Arbuthnot 
Latham & Co., Limited in May 2018 and took on the role  
of Finance Director in April 2019. He was previously Deputy 
Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Citigroup’s Global 
Consumer Group in Europe, Middle East and Africa and 
qualified as a Chartered Accountant with Price Waterhouse.

Andrew Salmon FCA 

Appointed a Director in March 2004. 
He joined the Company in 1997 as Head of Business 
Development and is also Group Chief Operating Officer and 
since July 2018 Chief Executive of Arbuthnot Latham & Co., 
Limited. He was a director of Secure Trust Bank PLC until 
August 2018. He was previously a director of Hambros Bank 
Limited and qualified as a Chartered Accountant with KPMG.

Nigel Boardman 

Appointed a Non-Executive Director in June 2019. 
He was a partner at Slaughter and May from 1982 until his 
transition from partner to consultant on 30 April 2019, 
having joined the firm in 1973. Since 1 May 2019, he has 
been a consultant for the firm. Whilst a partner, Nigel’s broad 
practice included domestic and international corporate 
finance, mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures, IPOs, 
demergers, private acquisitions and disposals, private equity, 
public takeovers, issues of compliance and corporate 
governance, investigations and insolvency, restructurings, 
investigations and sports law. Nigel was previously a Vice 
President of Save the Children UK, is a non-executive board 
member at the Department for Business, Energy and 
Industrial Strategy where he chairs the audit, risk and 

assurance committee. He is also Deputy Chairman of the 
British Museum, Chair of Hot Spots Movement Ltd, an  
HR consultancy, a consultant for ABP Holdings, a holding 
company for an Irish based agri-business, and Chair of 
Trustees of Help For Heroes, a charity.

Ian Dewar FCA 

Appointed a Non-Executive Director in August 2015. 
He is Chairman of the Audit Committee. He was a Partner 
for 19 years in the Financial Services Practice of KPMG from 
which he retired in 2012 after 32 years at the firm. He is a 
non-executive director of Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC.

Sir Christopher Meyer 

Appointed a Non-Executive Director in October 2007. 
He had a distinguished diplomatic career, culminating in 
1997 as Ambassador to the USA. He was previously 
Ambassador to Germany, Press Secretary to Prime Minister 
John Major and from 2003 to 2009 Chairman of the Press 
Complaints Commission. He is also on the International 
Advisory Board of British American Business Inc., 
Distinguished Fellow of the Royal United Services Institute 
and Honorary Fellow of Peterhouse, Cambridge.

Sir Alan Yarrow FCSI (Hon) 

Appointed a Non-Executive Director in June 2016. 
Sir Alan spent 37 years with Dresdner Kleinwort until 2009, 
latterly as Group Vice Chairman and Chairman of the UK 
Bank and then served as Chairman of the Chartered Institute 
for Securities & Investment until October 2018. He is 
Chairman of Turquoise Global Holdings Ltd and a director of 
Institutional Protection Services Ltd. He is also Vice President 
of the Royal Mencap Society, Independent Partnership Advisor 
to James Hambro & Partners, an advisor to Zeamo 
Incorporated (USA) and a member of the Property Trust 
Board, City & Guilds Art School. Sir Alan is an Alderman, 
Magistrate and HM Lieutenant of the City of London,  
a member of the Court of the Fishmongers’ Company, and 
Liveryman of several other Livery Companies. He is a member 
of the Takeover Appeal Board, the Advisory Board of the 
Commonwealth Investment & Advisory Council. Sir Alan  
was Lord Mayor of the City of London for the year 2014-15.

Nicholas Jennings FCA 

Appointed Group Company Secretary in July 2018. 
He was previously Company Secretary of Daily Mail  
and General Trust plc and of Close Brothers Group plc.  
He is a Chartered Accountant.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202030

Group 
Directors’ Report

The Directors present their report for the year ended  
31 December 2020.

Business Activities

The principal activities of the Group are banking and 
financial services. The business review and information  
about future developments, key performance indicators and 
principal risks are contained in the Strategic Report on  
pages 8 to 27.

Corporate Governance

The Corporate Governance report on pages 35 to 42 contains 
information about the Group’s corporate governance 
arrangements, including in relation to the Board’s application 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code.

Results and Dividends

The results for the year are shown on page 54 of the financial 
statements. The loss after tax for the year of £1.3m (2019: 
profit of £6.2m) is included in reserves. The Directors do not 
recommend the payment of a final dividend (2019: Nil).  
Since no interim dividend (2019: 16p) was paid in the year, 
this makes a total dividend per share for the year of Nil 
(2019: 16p). The second interim dividend of 21p declared by 
the Directors in last year’s Annual Report was withdrawn on 
2 April 2020, prior to the finalisation of the resolutions in last 
year’s Notice of Meeting, following the publication by the 
Prudential Regulation Authority (“PRA”) of a statement  
on deposit takers’ approach to dividends. This dividend  
of 21p per share was paid as a special interim dividend on  
19 March, 2021, following the PRA statement in December 
2020, advising that it is for bank boards to determine the 
appropriate level of distributions and removing its request  
not to make shareholder distributions. 

Directors

The names of the Directors of the Company at the date of 
this report, together with biographical details, are given on 
page 29 of this Annual Report. All the Directors listed on 
those pages were Directors of the Company throughout the 
year. 

Mr. J.R. Cobb and Mr. I.A. Dewar being eligible, offer 
themselves for re-election under Article 78 of the Articles  
of Association. Mr. Cobb has a service agreement terminable 
on twelve months’ notice. Mr. Dewar, an independent 
non-executive Director, has a letter of appointment  
terminable on three months’ notice.

Viability Statement

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, the 
Directors confirm that there is a reasonable expectation that 
the Group will continue to operate and meet its liabilities, as 
they fall due, for the three-year period up to 31 December 
2023. A period of three years has been chosen because it is 
the period covered by the Group’s strategic planning cycle 
and also incorporated in the Internal Capital Adequacy 
Assessment Process (“ICAAP”), which forecasts key capital 
requirements, expected changes in capital resources and 
applies stress testing over that period.

The Directors’ assessment has been made with reference to:

•  the Group’s current position and prospects – please see the 

Financial Review on pages 14 to 27;

•  the Group’s key principles – please see Corporate 

Philosophy on page 1; and

•  the Group’s risk management framework and associated 

policies, as explained in Note 6.

The Group’s strategy and three-year plan are evaluated and 
approved by the Directors annually. The plan considers the 
Group’s future projections of profitability, cash flows, capital 
requirements and resources, and other key financial and 
regulatory ratios over the period. The ICAAP is embedded in 
the risk management framework of the Group and is subject 
to ongoing updates and revisions when necessary. The ICAAP 
is used to stress the capital position of the Group over the 
three-year planning period. It is updated at least annually  
as part of the business planning process.

Going Concern

After making appropriate enquiries which assessed strategy, 
profitability, funding, risk management (see Note 6 to the 
financial statements) and capital resources (see Note 7),  
the Directors are satisfied that the Company and the Group 
have adequate resources to continue in operation for the 
foreseeable future. The financial statements are therefore 
prepared on the going concern basis.

Share Capital

The Company has in issue two classes of shares, Ordinary 
shares and Ordinary Non-Voting shares. The Non-Voting 
shares rank pari passu with the Ordinary shares, including 
the right to receive the same dividends as the Ordinary shares, 
except that they do not have the right to vote in shareholder 
meetings.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202031

Authority to Purchase Shares

Substantial Shareholders

Shareholders will be asked to approve a Special Resolution 
renewing the authority of the Directors to make market 
purchases of shares not exceeding 10% of the issued 
Ordinary and Ordinary Non-Voting share capital.  
The Directors will keep the position under review in order  
to maximise the Company’s resources in the best interests  
of shareholders. Details of the resolution renewing this 
authority are included in the Notice of Meeting on page 138. 
During the year the Company purchased 7,730 Ordinary 
Non-Voting shares to be held in Treasury. The maximum 
number of Treasury shares held at any time during the year 
was 390,274 Ordinary shares and 19,040 Ordinary Non-
Voting shares of 1p each.

Financial Risk Management

Details of how the Group manages risk are set out in the 
Strategic Report and in Note 6 to the financial statements.

Directors’ Interests

The interests of current Directors and their families in the 
shares of the Company at the dates shown, together with the 
percentage of the current issued share capital held (excluding 
treasury shares), were as follows:

Beneficial Interests - Ordinary shares

Beneficial Interests

2020

2020

2021

%

1 January 

31 December 

24 March 

Sir Henry Angest

8,351,401

8,351,401

8,351,401

56.1

N.P.G. Boardman

J.R. Cobb

A.A. Salmon

–

6,000

51,699

7,270

6,000

51,699

11,348

6,000

51,699

0.1

–

0.3

Beneficial Interests - Ordinary Non-Voting shares

Beneficial Interests

2020

2020

2021

%

1 January 

31 December 

24 March 

Sir Henry Angest

83,513

83,513

86,674

64.9

J.R. Cobb

A.A. Salmon

60

516

60

516

60

516

–

0.4

The Company was aware at 8 March 2021 of the following 
substantial holdings in the Ordinary shares of the Company, 
other than those held by one director shown above:

Holder

Liontrust Asset Management
Slater Investments

Mr. R Paston

Unicorn Asset Management

M&G Investment Management

Ordinary 
Shares

1,464,851
585,638

529,130

484,522

482,010

%

9.8
3.9

3.6

3.3

3.2

Significant Contracts

No Director, either during or at the end of the financial year, 
was materially interested in any contract with the Company  
or any of its subsidiaries, which was significant in relation to 
the Group’s business. At 31 December 2020, one Director had 
a loan from Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited amounting  
to £501k (2019: £503k) and four Directors had deposits with 
Arbuthnot Latham amounting to £3,928k (2019: £3,065k),  
all on normal commercial terms as disclosed in Note 41 of the 
financial statements.

Directors’ Indemnities 

The Company’s Articles of Association provide that, subject 
to the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, the Company 
may indemnify any Director or former Director in respect of 
liabilities (and associated costs and expenses) incurred in 
connection with the performance of their duties as a Director 
of the Company or any subsidiary and may purchase and 
maintain insurance against any such liability. The Company 
maintained directors and officers liability insurance 
throughout the year.

Employee Engagement

The Company gives due consideration to the employment of 
disabled persons and is an equal opportunities employer. It also 
regularly provides employees with information on matters of 
concern to them, consults on decisions likely to affect their 
interests and encourages their involvement in the performance 
of the Company through regular communications and in other 
ways. Further information on employee engagement is given in 
the Strategic Report on page 26.

Engagement with Suppliers, Customers and Others

Information on engagement with suppliers, customers and 
other stakeholders is given in the Strategic Report on pages 
26 and 27 under the S. 172 statement.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202032

Group  
Directors’ Report continued

Streamlined Energy & Carbon Reporting 

•  A brief methodology explaining information sources and 

From 2020 large unquoted companies that have consumed 
more than certain amounts of energy in the reporting period 
are required to include energy and carbon information.  
This requirement is due to the Companies (Directors’ Report) 
and Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy and Carbon 
Report) Regulations 2018. These Regulations implement  
the Government’s policy on Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
Reporting (“SECR”) to support businesses in understanding 
their Carbon emissions and to help them establish plans to 
become Net Zero by 2050.

The Company has worked with a specialist energy 
management consultancy, Carbon Decoded, to gather the 
information to be reported: 

•  All energy in line with Greenhouse Gas Reporting (“GHG”): 

Scope One – gas and owned transport, Scope Two - 
electricity and Scope Three – non-owned transport used  
for business.

•  An intensity metric to enable year on year improvements  

to be tracked.

calculations used.

•  The energy saving actions taken in the year to help the 

Group reduce its environmental impact.

Reporting Methodology
•  Data has been collected for electricity, gas and transport.

•  GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting 

Standard has been followed where relevant.

•  Data was collected specifically for the purpose of SECR 

reporting.

•  The 2019 and 2020 Government conversion factors for 

company reporting were used for all calculations of carbon 
emissions.

•  Data was estimated where landlords do not provide 

separate energy data. This was based on floor areas and 
industry benchmarks.

The baseline year for comparison purposes to show 
improvements in emissions has been chosen as 2019 due  
to COVID-19 disruptions to the business in 2020.

Scope One

Gas - Intensity Ratio kWh/m2

Company Vehicles

Total

Scope Two

Electricity kWh/m2

Total

Scope Three

Grey Fleet Vehicles

Total

2020

Carbon 
Tonnes 
tCO2e

65

7

72

240

240

14

14

Intensity 
Ratio

61.5

1.0

134.8

1.4

kWh

355,415 

27,314

382,729

1,027,760 

1,027,760

59,196

59,196

Baseline 2019

Carbon 
Tonnes 
tCO2e

Intensity 
Ratio

62.2

1.0

189.3

1.3

66

22

88

369

369

41

41

kWh

359,672

88,810

448,482

1,443,054

1,443,054

168,093

168,093

Notes: 
The reported 2020 figures are not representative of normal 
business energy use and the reductions compared to the 2019 
figures do not reflect actual energy savings, but are as a result 
of suspending work in office buildings to protect employees 
during the COVID-19 pandemic and the further 
decarbonisation of the UK electricity grid.

The figures reported have been calculated and independently 
verified by Carbon Decoded a specialist energy management 
consultancy.

Intensity Ratio
The standard for office energy use is kilowatt-hour per  
square metre (kWh/m²). These results were compared to 
Action Energy’s Energy Consumption Guide Benchmarks. 
Transport has been set at kilowatt-hour per mile (kWh/mile).

Energy Efficiency Actions
Progress was made in 2020 to understand where energy is 
specifically used and to increase the number of LED lights, 
though assessing energy use has proved challenging, given 
that employees have been working remotely since March 
2020. The Head Office in Wilson Street contributes 70% 
electricity emissions or 167 tonnes of carbon and this is  
the area that will be the focus in 2021.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202033

Political Donations

The Company made political donations of £10,000  
to the Conservative Party during the year (2019: £77,000).

Branches outside of the UK

During the year Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited operated 
a branch in Dubai which is regulated by the Dubai Financial 
Services Authority. This office is closing on 31 May 2021.

Events after the Balance Sheet Date

In addition to the special interim dividend payment set out 
above, details of other material post balance sheet events are 
given in Note 46.

Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)

The Company’s AGM will be held on Wednesday 26 May 
2021 at which Ordinary Shareholders will be asked to vote 
on a number of resolutions. Given the continuing restrictions 
due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Board is proposing to 
hold the Meeting with the minimum attendance required to 
form a quorum and with the format of the meeting being 
purely functional. It is assumed that it will not be possible for 
shareholders to attend in person. Shareholders are requested 
therefore to submit their votes in respect of the business to be 
discussed via proxy, appointing the Chairman of the meeting 
as their proxy. The resolutions, together with explanatory 
notes about voting arrangements, are set out on pages 138  
to 141. 

Auditor

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in Respect of 
the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report and the 
Financial Statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Strategic 
Report, the Directors’ Report and the Financial Statements  
in accordance with applicable law and regulations. Company 
Law requires the Directors to prepare Group and Parent 
Company Financial Statements for each financial year.  
As required by the AIM Rules for Companies and in 
accordance with the Rules of the AQSE Growth Market,  
they are required to prepare the Group Financial Statements 
in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (“IFRSs”) in conformity with the requirements  
of the Companies Act 2006 and have elected to prepare the 
Parent Company Financial Statements on the same basis.

Financial Statements
Under Company Law the Directors must not approve the 
Financial Statements unless they are satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and the 
Company and of the Group profit or loss for that period. In 
preparing each of the Group and Parent Company Financial 
Statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

•   make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, 

relevant and reliable;

•  state whether they have been prepared in accordance with 

IFRSs in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006; 

A resolution for the re-appointment of Mazars LLP as auditor 
will be proposed at the forthcoming AGM in accordance with 
section 489 of the Companies Act 2006.

•   assess the Group and Parent Company’s ability to continue 

as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters 
related to going concern; and

•  use the going concern basis of accounting unless they 

intend either to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company 
or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but 
to do so.

Disclosure of Information to the Auditor

Each of the persons who are Directors at the date of approval 
of this Annual Report confirm that:

•  so far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; 
and

•  they have taken all the steps they ought to have taken as a 
Director to make themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s auditor  
is aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in 
accordance with the provisions of section 418 of the 
Companies Act 2006.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202034

Group  
Directors’ Report continued

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the 
Parent Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position of the Parent 
Company and enable them to ensure that its Financial 
Statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are 
responsible for such internal control as they determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements 
that are free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking such 
steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets 
of the Company and to prevent and detect fraud and other 
irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the corporate and financial information included 
on the Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing 
the preparation and dissemination of Financial Statements 
may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

The Directors confirm that the Annual Report and financial 
statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and 
understandable and provide the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group and Parent Company’s 
position, performance, business model and strategy.

By order of the Board

N D Jennings
Secretary

24 March 2021

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202035

Since 2016, when an independent Board Effectiveness Review 
was carried out by an external consultant, the annual Board 
Effectiveness Review has been conducted internally. The 2020 
evaluation took the form of a confidential questionnaire 
which assessed the performance of the Board and its 
Committees. The questions were set to explore the themes 
developed over recent years, including Board effectiveness, 
Board composition, Board dynamics, alignment of the Board 
and executive team, interaction with major shareholders, 
induction, performance and training, Board Committees and 
the Secretariat. The feedback was collated by the Company 
Secretary and discussed by the Board in November 2020 and 
proposed actions arising were considered in February 2021. 
The responses were positive, confirming that the Board was 
of the view that it receives the correct level of insight into and 
oversight of the Company, both directly to it and in terms of 
management information and oral updates provided during 
meetings. Directors also agreed that the Arbuthnot culture set 
out in the Arbuthnot Principles and Values manifests itself at 
Board level and in the external view of the Group as a whole.

Leadership and Purpose

The Board has for many years led a company which focuses 
on sustainability and growth over the longer-term with a 
culture to match. Investment in resources has been strong and 
has continued where and as appropriate (including during  
the COVID-19 pandemic for example), with the focus on  
the benefit this will bring to bear for stakeholders over time.  
The aim continues to be for a culture of openness among the 
workforce which combines with the prudent and effective 
technological and individual controls in place across the 
business to ensure strong risk management in the Company’s 
continued long-term success.

The Group’s cultural values were embedded during the year 
through a brand values document linking the Arbuthnot 
Principles to the Group’s culture as a way of communicating 
culture across the business. This followed a formal 
rebranding process whereby these cultural Principles are now 
encapsulated in five Group values, themselves embedded into 
day-to-day activities. These are integrity, respect, 
empowerment, energy and drive, and collaboration.

Corporate 
Governance

Introduction and Overview

Arbuthnot Banking Group has a strong and effective 
corporate governance framework. The Board endorses the 
principles of openness, integrity and accountability which 
underlie good governance and takes into account the 
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code, published 
by the Financial Reporting Council in July 2018 (“the FRC 
Code”), in so far as they are considered applicable to and 
appropriate for it, given its size and circumstances, and the 
role and overall shareholding of its majority shareholder.  
The Group’s banking subsidiary, Arbuthnot Latham & Co., 
Limited, is authorised by the Prudential Regulation Authority 
(the “PRA”) and regulated by the Financial Conduct 
Authority (“FCA”) and by the PRA and its Dubai Branch is 
regulated by the Dubai Financial Services Authority. One of 
its subsidiaries, Renaissance Asset Finance Limited, is 
regulated by the FCA. Accordingly, the Group operates to the 
high standards of corporate accountability and regulatory 
compliance appropriate for such a business.

The Board has decided to report against the FRC Code.  
This decision was made in light of the requirement in the 
AIM Rules for Companies that AIM listed companies state 
which corporate governance code they have decided to apply, 
how the company complies with that code, and where it 
departs from its chosen code an explanation of the reasons 
for doing so. The Rules of the AQSE Growth Market also 
require the Company to adopt, as far as possible, the 
principles and standards set down in a recognised UK 
corporate governance code. This information is published  
on the Company’s website and the Company reviews it each 
year as part of its annual reporting cycle. This section of the 
Annual Report summarises how the Company applies the 
FRC Code and in broad terms how it has complied with its 
provisions throughout the year, giving explanations where it 
has chosen not to do so. 

The Company is led by the Board which comprises seven 
members: the executive Chairman, two other executive 
Directors, Andrew Salmon and James Cobb, and four 
independent non-executive Directors who thereby constitute 
at least half of the Board in line with the Code. The Board 
sets the long-term focus and customer-oriented culture of the 
Group. The responsibilities of Sir Henry Angest as Chairman 
include leading the Board, ensuring its effectiveness in all 
aspects of its role, ensuring effective communication with 
shareholders, setting the Board’s agenda and ensuring that all 
Directors are encouraged to participate fully in the activities 
and decision-making process of the Board.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202036

Corporate  
Governance continued

The Board

A number of key decisions are reserved for the Board.  
The Schedule of Matters Reserved to the Board is reviewed 
annually and is published on the Company’s website at  
http://www.arbuthnotgroup.com/corporate_governance.html. 
The Board met regularly throughout the year, including since 
March 2020 via video conference. It held six scheduled 
meetings as well as three ad-hoc meetings respectively to 
withdraw the second interim dividend, to approve the Notice 
of AGM and jointly with the Board of Arbuthnot Latham  
to approve the acquisition of Asset Alliance Group Holdings 
Limited. It decided not to hold a separate off-site strategy 
meeting because of its impracticability during the pandemic. 
Substantive agenda items have briefing papers, which are 
circulated in a timely manner before each meeting. The Board 
ensures that it is supplied with all the information that it 
requires and requests in a form and of a quality to fulfil its 
duties. Since February 2021, the directors have participated 
in regular Board meetings of Arbuthnot Latham as attendees.

The Board was kept fully informed of the arrangements  
made by management to run the business during the 
pandemic. In March 2020 the executive directors considered 
interim support and succession arrangements relating to 
Arbuthnot Latham directors and designated holders of PRA/
FCA approved Senior Management Functions during the 
COVID-19 outbreak, in anticipation of the likelihood that 
travel would be restricted and that the Group would need  
to be managed and run remotely for an unspecified period  
of time. It was determined to continue with the overall 
succession plan and at the peak of the first lockdown 
Arbuthnot Latham’s executive directors held a daily call  
so that all would be fully appraised of the matters under 
consideration by the others within the executive team.  
This was to ensure that had there been individual illness all 
relevant work could continue, calling on the services of other 
key staff within the business. The Chairman and Chief 
Executive continued to be kept fully informed of all material 
matters through regular discussions with senior management 
during the continuing period of remote working.

In addition to overseeing the management of the Group,  
the Board has determined certain items which are reserved  
for decision by itself. These matters include approval of the 
Group’s long-term objectives and commercial strategy, 
ensuring a sound system of internal control, risk management 
strategy, approval of major investments, acquisitions and 
disposals, any changes to the capital structure and the overall 
review of corporate governance.

The Company Secretary is responsible for ensuring that the 
Board processes and procedures are appropriately followed 
and support effective decision making. All directors have 
access to the Company Secretary’s advice and services.  
There is an agreed procedure for directors to obtain 
independent professional advice in the course of their  
duties, if necessary, at the Company’s expense.

New directors receive induction training upon joining the 
Board, with individual listed company training provided  
by the Company’s AIM Nominated Adviser and AQSE 
Corporate Adviser. Regulatory and compliance training is 
provided by the Group Head of Compliance or by an external 
firm of lawyers. Risk management training is provided 
(including that in relation to the ICAAP and ILAAP) by  
the Arbuthnot Latham Chief Risk Officer with an overview  
of credit and its associated risks and mitigation by the 
Arbuthnot Latham Chief Credit Officer.

Overview of Compliance with the FRC Code, together 
with Exceptions

The Board focuses not only on the provisions of the Code  
but its principles, ensuring as follows:

•  The Company’s purpose, values and strategy as a prudently 
managed organisation align with its culture, with a focus 
on fairness and long-term shareholder returns.

•  The Board has an appropriate combination of executive 
and non-executive directors, who have both requisite 
knowledge and understanding of the business and the  
time to commit to their specific roles.

•  The Board comprises directors with the necessary 

combination of skills to ensure the effective discharge  
of its obligations, with an annual evaluation of the 
capability and effectiveness of each director as well as the 
Board as a composite whole; appropriate succession plans 
are also in place and reviewed annually, or more frequently 
if appropriate. 

•  The Board and Audit Committee monitor the procedures  
in place to ensure the independence and effectiveness of  
both external and internal auditors, and the risk governance 
framework of the Company, with all material matters 
highlighted to the relevant forum (Board/Committee).

•  Remuneration policies and practices are designed to 
support strategy and promote long-term sustainable 
success, with a Remuneration Committee in place to 
oversee director and senior management pay.

In respect of the Code’s specific provisions, an annual  
review is carried out, comparing the Company’s governance 
arrangements and practices against them. Any divergences  

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202037

are noted, with relevant rationale considered carefully to 
determine whether it is appropriate. Consideration is also 
given to guidance issued, which may require a review of  
the relevant reasoning intra-year. In line with the FRC’s 
Guidance on Board Effectiveness, the Board additionally 
takes into account its suggestions of good practice when 
applying the Code focusing on the five key principles  
specified in the Code.

Where the Company’s governance does not completely  
align with the Code, it is generally as a result of the role  
of its overall majority shareholder, itself adding a level of 
protection to long-term shareholder interests, and it has  
had no negative impact on the Company.

All divergences from the Code, with an explanation of the 
reasons for doing so are set out below:

Provision 5 – The Board has regard to the interests of all its 
key stakeholders in its decision making. The Company has 
fewer than 20 employees, all of whom have direct access to 
Board members. As such, it has not been deemed necessary  
to appoint an employee representative to the Board, nor a 
formal workforce advisory panel, nor a designated non-
executive Director. As stated in the s.172 Statement on page 
26, one of the non-executive directors of Arbuthnot Latham 
and its Whistleblowing Champion, has been designated by its 
board as the director to engage with the Group’s workforce.

Provision 9 – Sir Henry Angest carries out the role of 
Chairman and Chief Executive, given his long-term interest  
as majority shareholder, itself aligning with the interests of 
other shareholders. The Group Chief Operating Officer and 
the Group Finance Director provide a strong, independent 
counterbalance, ensuring challenge and independence from  
a business perspective, against the stakeholder focus of the 
Chairman carrying out his Chairman’s role. The Company 
follows the US model that is very successful in ensuring 
commercial success with strong corporate governance and 
stakeholder awareness, having a shared Chairman and CEO, 
with a separate, empowered, Chief Operating Officer. 

Provision 10 – The Board considers Sir Christopher Meyer  
to be independent, notwithstanding his serving more than 
nine years, since his views and any challenge to executive 
management remain firmly independent.

Provision 12 – The Board has not appointed a Senior 
Independent Director, as major shareholders talk openly with 
the Chairman, the Group Chief Operating Officer and the 
Group Finance Director on request.

Provision 14 – Attendance at meetings is not reported since, 
should a Director be unable to attend a meeting, that Director 
receives relevant papers in the normal manner and relays  
any comments in advance of the meeting to the Chairman.  
The same process applies in respect of the Board Committees.

Provision 18 – For the purposes of stability and continuity, 
the Company continues to offer Directors for re-election on  
a three-year rolling basis in accordance with the Company’s 
Articles of Association and company law. The Directors 
seeking re-election at the 2020 AGM are James Cobb and  
Ian Dewar, who have served on the Board for 12 years and 
5½ years respectively. The contribution of Mr. Cobb as the 
Group Financial Director has been invaluable in managing 
the capital and liquidity requirements of the Group. He has 
also played a pivotal role in sourcing and delivering the 
acquisitions that have shaped the strategy of the Group.  
Mr. Dewar, with a wealth of experience as a partner in a 
major accounting firm, has successfully chaired the Audit 
Committee. Accordingly, the Board fully supports the 
resolutions for their reappointment.

Provision 19 – Sir Henry Angest’s role as Chairman has 
extended over nine years and is expected to continue 
indefinitely, given his key role as majority shareholder both in 
protecting the stability of his and other shareholder interests 
and in overseeing a balanced and risk-managed approach to 
growing the business with a view to the longer-term. For this 
reason he is surrounded by a strong team of non-executives 
who ensure the protection of all shareholders’ interests. 

Provision 32 – Sir Henry Angest is Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee, as is appropriate in the context  
of his majority shareholding.

Internal Control and Financial Reporting

The Board of directors has overall responsibility for the 
Group’s system of internal control and for reviewing its 
effectiveness. Such a system is designed to manage rather than 
eliminate risk of failure to achieve business objectives and can 
only provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance against 
the risk of material misstatement or loss.

The Directors and senior management of the Group review 
and approve the Group’s Risk Management Policy and Risk 
Appetite framework. The Risk Management Policy describes 
and articulates the risk management and risk governance 
framework, methodologies, processes and infrastructure 
required to ensure due attention to all material risks for 
Arbuthnot Latham, including compliance with relevant 
regulatory requirements.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202038

Corporate  
Governance continued

The Risk Appetite framework sets out the Board’s risk 
attitude for the principal risks through a series of qualitative 
statements and quantitative risk tolerance metrics. These 
guide decision-making at all levels of the organisation and 
form the basis of risk reporting. The key business risks and 
emerging risks are continuously identified, evaluated and 
managed by means of limits and controls at an operational 
level by Arbuthnot Latham management, and are governed 
through Arbuthnot Latham committees. In November 2020, 
the Board received a report from the Arbuthnot Latham Chief 
Risk Officer enabling it to carry out its annual review of the 
effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal 
control systems. The report explained the Risk Management 
Policy, together with principal risks, risk appetite, policies, 
three lines of defence, systems, processes, procedures and 
controls and a new Board risk dashboard. 

Significant risks identified in connection with the development 
of new activities are subject to consideration by the Board. 
There are well-established budgeting procedures in place and 
reports are presented regularly to the Board detailing the 
results, in relation to Arbuthnot Latham, of each principal 
business unit, variances against budget and prior year, and 
other performance data. The Board receives regular reports 
on any risk matters that need to be brought to its attention, 
enabling it to assess the Group’s emerging and principal risks.

Shareholder Communications

The majority shareholder is Sir Henry Angest, Chairman and 
Chief Executive. The Company maintains communications 
with its major external shareholders via one to one meetings, 
as appropriate, by the Chairman and Chief Executive, the 
Group Chief Operating Officer or the Group Finance 
Director on governance and other matters. When practicable 
it also makes use of the AGM to communicate with 
shareholders in person. The Company aims to present a 
balanced and understandable assessment in all its reports  
to shareholders, its regulators, other stakeholders and the 
wider public. Key announcements and other information  
can be found at www.arbuthnotgroup.com. 

In accordance with the FRC Code, the Company made 
contact with five institutional shareholders in order to 
understand why they voted against the resolution at the  
AGM held in June 2020 authorising the making of political 
donations and incurring of political expenditure. The total 
votes received in favour of this resolution were 74.6% and 
the five institutional shareholders comprised almost all of the 
significant minority of votes of those which it identified as not 
supporting the resolution. This resolution provided that, in 
the four years beginning on 17 June 2020, the individual and 

aggregate amount donated or expended would not exceed 
£250,000. In 2019, the Company made political donations  
of £77,000 to the Conservative Party in view of the 
significant adverse impact that a Labour government would 
have had on the Group’s clients and business. 

Two institutional shareholders did not take up the offer of a 
meeting with the Directors, one of which explained that their 
policy on corporate governance is not to support resolutions 
in respect of political donations. Of the three shareholders 
with which the Company engaged successfully, each of the 
respective fund managers expressed their support for the 
Company, but explained that they generally follow the  
advice of their proxy voting advisers in respect of  
corporate governance matters and which, on this occasion, 
recommended that they voted against the resolution.  
One institution, whilst understanding of the reasoning behind 
the proposal of the resolution, indicated their own reluctance  
to support it due to their generally not liking companies in 
which they invest to make political donations. Another 
suggested that, if given more of an explanation as to why  
the resolution was being proposed, they believed that a proxy 
voting adviser might recommend support in which case they 
would likely vote in favour. In summary the response to the 
consultation with the Company’s major institutional 
shareholders was that, given their commitment to follow 
“best practice” in relation to corporate governance, they  
are reluctant unless there are special circumstances to go 
against their corporate governance/proxy voting adviser’s 
recommendation as to how they vote. This was announced  
to the wider market in accordance with the FRC Code.

The Board continues to believe that it is in the interests  
of shareholders that it has the flexibility to make political 
donations in accordance with the Companies Act 2016,  
in light of prevailing political circumstances over the next  
few years. Going forward it will seek to provide a more 
detailed explanation in relation to specific shareholder 
resolutions which corporate governance advisers are likely  
to regard as non-conforming or outside best practice.  
The Board was encouraged by the continued support of its 
major shareholders. It welcomes engagement with them and 
will continue to maintain communications via one-to-one 
meetings as appropriate.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202039

Board Committees

The Board has Audit, Nomination, Remuneration, Donations 
and Policy Committees, each with formally delegated duties 
and responsibilities and with written terms of reference, 
which require consideration of the committee’s effectiveness. 
The Board keeps the governance arrangements under review. 
Further information in relation to these committees is set out 
below and the terms of reference of the Audit, Nomination and 
Remuneration Committees are published on the Company’s 
website. The Board maintains direct responsibility for  
issues of Risk without the need for its own Risk Committee, 
since responsibility for large lending proposals is a direct 
responsibility of its subsidiary, Arbuthnot Latham.

Audit Committee

Membership and meetings
Membership of the Audit Committee is restricted to non-
executive Directors and comprises Ian Dewar (as Chairman), 
Sir Christopher Meyer and Sir Alan Yarrow. Mr. Dewar has 
recent and relevant financial experience and the Committee  
as a whole has competence relevant to the financial sector in 
which the Company operates. The Company Secretary acts  
as its Secretary. The Committee met four times during the year.

The Audit Committee oversees, on behalf of the Board, 
financial reporting, the appropriateness and effectiveness  
of systems and controls, the work of Internal Audit and the 
arrangements for and effectiveness of the external audit.  
The ultimate responsibility for reviewing and approving the 
Annual Report and Accounts and the Interim Report lies with 
the Board. The Audit Committee also reviews whistleblowing 
arrangements for employees to raise concerns in confidence.

External Audit
The external auditors, Mazars LLP, have held office since  
their appointment in 2019 following a competitive tender.  
The Committee assesses the independence and objectivity, 
qualifications and effectiveness of the external auditors on  
an annual basis as well as making a recommendation to the 
Board on their reappointment. The Committee received a 
report showing the level of non-audit services provided by the 
external auditors during the year and members were satisfied 
that the extent and nature of these did not compromise 
auditor independence. The Committee has concluded that 
Mazars are independent and that their audit is effective.

Activity in 2020
Internal Audit
On behalf of the Board, the Audit Committee monitors the 
effectiveness of systems and controls. To this end, Internal 
Audit provides the Audit Committee and the Board with 
detailed independent and objective assurance on the 

effectiveness of governance, risk management and internal 
controls. Since Arbuthnot Latham, the Company’s operating 
subsidiary, has its own Audit Committee, the role of the 
Group Audit Committee is mainly supervisory in relation to 
internal audit matters, though it receives items of material 
note deriving from Arbuthnot Latham’s internal audits, 
including an assessment of culture which forms part of every 
internal audit.

The Audit Committee approves the Internal Audit risk-based 
programme of work and monitors progress against the 
annual plan. The Committee reviews Internal Audit resources 
and the arrangements that: ensure Internal Audit faces no 
restrictions or limitations to conducting its work; that it 
continues to have unrestricted access to all personnel and 
information; and that Internal Audit remains objective and 
independent from business management. 

The Head of Internal Audit provides reports on the outcomes 
of Internal Audit work directly to the Committee and the 
Committee monitors progress against actions identified in 
these reports.

The Committee received a self-assessment report on Internal 
Audit from the Head of Internal Audit in September 2020 
and it is satisfied with Internal Audit arrangements during 
2020.

Integrity of Financial Statements and oversight of  
external audit
The Committee:

•  Received and agreed the Audit Plan prepared by the 

external auditors;

•  Considered and formed a conclusion on the critical 

judgements underpinning the Financial Statements, as 
presented in papers prepared by management. In respect of 
all of these critical judgements, the Committee concluded 
that the treatment in the Financial Statements was 
appropriate.

•  Received reports from the external auditors on the matters 

arising from their work, the key issues and conclusions they 
had reached;

•  Monitored arrangements put in place to ensure all the 
necessary work on the Financial Statements could be 
undertaken remotely in light of the Government guidance 
to work from home;

•  In addition the Committee reviewed closely the detailed 
work carried out by management in respect of Going 
Concern and Viability in light of the impact on the business 
of the continued pandemic.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202040

Corporate  
Governance continued

The reports from the external auditors include details of 
internal control matters that they have identified as part of 
the annual statutory financial statements audit. Certain 
aspects of the system of internal control are also subject to 
regulatory supervision, the results of which are monitored 
closely by the Committee and the Board. In addition, the 
Committee receives by exception reports on the ICAAP and 
ILAAP which are key control documents that receive detailed 
consideration by the board of Arbuthnot Latham. 

The Committee approved the terms of engagement and made 
a recommendation to the Board on the remuneration to be 
paid to the external auditors in respect of their audit services.

Significant areas of judgement and estimation
The Audit Committee considered the following significant 
issues and accounting judgements and estimates in relation  
to the Financial Statements:

Impairment of loans and advances to customers
The Committee reviewed presentations from management 
detailing the provisioning methodology across the Group  
as part of the full year results process. The Committee 
considered and challenged the provisioning methodology 
applied by management, including timing of cash flows, 
valuation and recoverability of supporting collateral on 
impaired assets. For those loans in default, where collateral 
valuations provide the greatest sensitivity it was assured that, 
where reliance is placed on the collateral, all assumptions are 
supported by recent professional valuations. It focused 
particular attention on RAF’s exposure to the London 
Purpose Built Taxi sector where many clients have obtained 
payment holidays. It also discussed the different economic 
scenarios under which expected credit losses had been 
estimated including the assumptions of falls in property 
values which compared with an overall market that had 
grown. The Committee concluded that the impairment 
provisions, including management’s judgements and 
estimates, were appropriate. 

The charge for impaired loans and advances totalled £2.8m 
for the year ended 31 December 2020. The disclosures 
relating to impairment provisions are set out in Note 4.1(a)  
to the financial statements.

Property Portfolio
The Group owns three commercial office properties and  
four repossessed properties, two of which were taken on  
in the year. Of these properties, five are held as inventory,  
one is held for sale and one as an investment property.  
The properties held as inventory and for sale are held at the 
lower of cost and net realisable value on the basis of internal 
discounted cash flow models. The investment property is held 
at fair value on the basis of an internal discounted cash flow 
valuation, using yields, rental income and refurbishment 
costs. The Committee discussed the bases of valuation with 
management and with the auditors who had engaged an 
outside expert to review management’s valuations.

As at 31 December 2020, Arbuthnot Latham’s total property 
portfolio totalled £94.6m. The disclosures relating to the 
carrying value of the investment property and the properties 
held as inventory and for sale are set out in Notes 4.1(c), 
4.1(d), 19, 23 and 29 to the financial statements.

Effective Interest rate
Interest earned on loans and receivables is recognised using 
the Effective Interest Rate (“EIR”) method. The EIR is 
calculated on the initial recognition of a loan through a 
discounted cash flow model that incorporates fees, costs  
and other premiums or discounts. There have been no 
changes to the EIR accounting policies during the year.

The Committee considered and challenged the EIR 
methodology applied by management and specifically in 
relation to acquired loan portfolios. The Committee 
considered management assumptions including expected 
future customer behaviours and concluded that the EIR 
methodology was appropriate as at 31 December 2020.

The disclosures relating to EIR are set out in Note 4.1(b)  
to the financial statements.

Going Concern and Viability Statement
The financial statements are prepared on the basis that the 
Group and Company are each a going concern. The Audit 
Committee reviewed management’s assessment, which 
incorporated analysis of the ICAAP and ILAAP approved by 
the Board of Arbuthnot Latham and of relevant metrics, 
focusing on liquidity, capital, and the stress scenarios in the 
light of the economic impact of the pandemic. It is satisfied 
that the going concern basis and assessment of the Group’s 
longer-term viability is appropriate.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202041

Other Committee activities
In November 2020, Committee members contributed to  
the review of the Committee’s effectiveness as part of its 
evaluation by the Board. There were no issues or concerns 
raised by them in regard to discharging their responsibilities.

On behalf of the Board, the Committee reviewed the financial 
statements as a whole in order to assess whether they were 
fair, balanced and understandable. The Committee discussed 
and challenged the balance and fairness of the overall report 
with the executive directors and also considered the views  
of the external auditor. The Committee was satisfied that  
the Annual Report could be regarded as fair, balanced and 
understandable and that it provides the information  
necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position 
and performance, business model and strategy. It proposed  
that the Board approve the Annual Report in that respect.

Nomination Committee

Membership and meetings
The Nomination Committee is chaired by Sir Henry Angest 
and its other members are Sir Christopher Meyer and  
Sir Alan Yarrow. The Group General Counsel acts as its 
Secretary. The Committee meets once a year and otherwise  
as required.

The Nomination Committee assists the Board in discharging 
its responsibilities relating to the composition of the Board. 
The Nomination Committee is responsible for and evaluates 
on a regular basis the balance of skills, experience, 
independence and knowledge on the Board, its size, structure 
and composition, retirements and appointments of additional 
and replacement directors and will make appropriate 
recommendations to the Board on such matters.  
The Nomination Committee also considers succession 
planning, taking into account the skills and expertise that  
will be needed on and beneficial to the Board in the future.

Activity in 2020
The Committee met once during the year when it was 
involved in the identification, assessment and appointment  
of an additional independent non-executive director of 
Arbuthnot Latham to serve as Chairman of its Audit 
Committee.

The Committee assessed and confirmed the collective and 
individual suitability of Board members. The contribution  
of Sir Henry Angest remains invaluable in the successful 
development of the Company. As regards the non-executive 
Directors’ skill sets, Nigel Boardman’s credibility, knowledge 
and reputation to the Board has been a real benefit both in 

terms of collective and individual suitability and when third 
parties are considering dealings with the wider group.  
Ian Dewar, with a wealth of experience as a partner in a 
major accounting firm, has successfully chaired the Audit 
Committee. Sir Christopher Meyer’s wide-ranging experience 
including as a diplomat at the highest level has provided an 
important independent measure of challenge to executive 
management. The Board has benefitted from Sir Alan 
Yarrow’s wise counsel, challenge to management and many 
years’ banking experience in the City of London. 

In terms of individual performance, the Chairman confirmed 
that his assessment of all Directors was that they were 
performing well, with the Executive Directors additionally 
being formally reviewed in the context of the Senior 
Managers’ Regime applicable to Arbuthnot Latham which 
confirmed continued strong performance. The Committee 
agreed with this assessment individually in relation to all 
members of the Board. Collectively, it was agreed that the 
Board had operated effectively with a wide range of 
experience and knowledge. The Executive had performed 
notably well in the context of COVID-19 and, as noted,  
in the responses to the Board Effectiveness Questionnaire, 
Non-Executives had provided appropriate challenge and 
guidance.

In terms of the performance of the Company’s Board 
generally, the Committee noted that it takes into account  
the provisions of the Board Diversity Policy and the Board 
Suitability Policy. It reviewed the summary of training  
carried out by each Director during 2020 and noted that, 
notwithstanding COVID-19, Directors had been able to  
carry out sufficient training. 

In November 2020, the Committee confirmed that the 
Board’s current composition provides the Company with a 
balanced, knowledgeable, diverse and informed group of 
directors, bringing strategic acumen, foresight and challenge 
to the executive, commensurate with the size of the business. 
The Committee reviewed succession planning and agreed that 
a sensible and strong plan remained in place. It also agreed 
that it continued to operate effectively and, as such, no 
changes to its membership, composition or activities were 
proposed to the Board.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202042

Corporate  
Governance continued

Remuneration Committee

Policy Committee

Membership and meetings
Membership is detailed in the Remuneration Report on  
page 43. The Committee meets once a year and otherwise  
as required.

The Remuneration Committee assists the Board in 
determining its responsibilities in relation to remuneration 
including, inter alia, in relation to the Company’s policy on 
executive remuneration determining, the individual 
remuneration and benefits package of each of the Executive 
Directors and the fees for Non-Executive Directors.

Membership and meetings
The Policy Committee is chaired by Andrew Salmon and its 
other members are James Cobb and Nicole Smith, General 
Counsel who also acts as its Secretary. It normally meets  
four times a year. Amongst its responsibilities, the Committee 
reviews the content of policy documentation to ensure that  
it meets legal and regulatory requirements and approves it  
on behalf of the Board.

By order of the Board

The Committee also deals with remuneration-related issues 
under the Prudential Regulation Authority’s Remuneration 
Code applicable to the Company. The Remuneration Report 
on pages 43 and 44 gives further information and details of 
each Director’s remuneration.

N D Jennings
Secretary 

24 March 2021

Donations Committee

Membership and meetings
The Donations Committee is chaired by Sir Henry Angest and 
its other members are Sir Christopher Meyer and Sir Alan 
Yarrow. The Committee considers any political donation or 
expenditure as defined within sections 366 and 367 of the 
Companies Act 2006. It meets as necessary.

Activity in 2020
The Committee met once during the year. It agreed that the 
Committee was constituted and continued to operate 
efficiently with its overall performance and the performance 
of its individual members effective throughout the year.  
As such, no changes to its membership or activities were 
proposed to the Board. It further agreed, in the context of the 
AGM voting and the subsequent shareholder consultation 
thereon, that it would be appropriate to hold a review of the 
Committee’s constitution and effectiveness on an annual basis.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202043

Remuneration 
Report

Remuneration Committee

Activity in 2020

Membership of the Remuneration Committee is limited  
to non-executive directors together with Sir Henry Angest  
as Chairman. The members of the Committee are  
Sir Henry Angest, Sir Christopher Meyer and Sir Alan 
Yarrow. The General Counsel acts as its Secretary.  
The Committee met twice during the year.

The Committee has responsibility for producing 
recommendations on the overall remuneration policy for 
directors for review by the Board and for setting the 
remuneration of individual directors. Members of the 
Committee do not vote on their own remuneration.

Remuneration Policy

The Remuneration Committee determines the remuneration 
of individual directors having regard to the size and nature  
of the business; the importance of attracting, retaining and 
motivating management of the appropriate calibre without 
paying more than is necessary for this purpose; remuneration 
data for comparable positions, in particular the rising 
remuneration packages at challenger banks; the need to align 
the interests of executives with those of shareholders; and  
an appropriate balance between current remuneration and 
longer-term performance-related rewards. The remuneration 
package can comprise a combination of basic annual salary 
and benefits (including pension), a discretionary annual  
bonus award related to the Committee’s assessment of the 
contribution made by the executive during the year and 
longer-term incentives, including executive share options. 
Pension benefits take the form of annual contributions  
paid by the Company to individuals in the form of cash 
allowances. The Remuneration Committee reviews salary 
levels each year based on the performance of the Group 
during the preceding financial period. This review does not 
necessarily lead to increases in salary levels. For the purposes 
of the FCA Remuneration Code, all the provisions of which 
have been implemented, the Group and its subsidiaries are  
all considered to be Tier 3 institutions.

The Remuneration Committee met once during the year, 
undertaking its regular activities including reviewing the 
operation of the Remuneration Policy, having regard to the 
performance of the Company during the year.

In relation to executive directors’ pay reviews, the Committee 
approved a proposal that variable remuneration would not  
be awarded to them in 2020, due to the decision to protect 
profitability during the pandemic, in line with the approach 
for all staff. As regards their salaries, these were unchanged  
in 2020, following consideration of comparable market rates 
and the low rate of increase in annual inflation. No decision 
was taken by the Committee on salary increases for 2021,  
but any pay rises for all staff in the current year will only  
be awarded where an individual’s pay is out of line with the 
market rate for the role or due to career promotion to new 
and more responsible jobs. 

The Committee decided not to change the fees for non-
executive directors, reflecting the appropriate level of fee  
to continue to secure the services of a high level non-executive 
director.

Directors’ Service Contracts

Sir Henry Angest, Mr. Salmon and Mr. Cobb each have 
service contracts terminable at any time on 12 months’  
notice in writing by either party.

Long Term Incentive Schemes

Grants were made to Messrs Salmon and Cobb on 14 June 
2016 under Phantom Option Scheme introduced on that date, 
to acquire ordinary 1p shares in the Company at 1591p 
exercisable in respect of 50% on or after 15 June 2019 and in 
respect of the remaining 50% on or after 15 June 2021 when 
a cash payment would be made equal to any increase in 
market value. 

Under this Scheme, Mr. Salmon and Mr. Cobb were granted  
a phantom option to acquire 200,000 and 100,000 ordinary 
1p shares respectively in the Company. The fair value of these 
options at the grant date was £1m. The second tranche of  
the share options will remain unvested as the performance 
conditions have not been met, due to the non payment of 
dividends. The first tranche of share options remained 
outstanding at 31 December 2020. The fair value of the 
options as at 31 December 2020 was £0.1m (2019: £0.3m).

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202044

Remuneration 
Report continued

Directors’ Emoluments

Fees (including benefits in kind)
Salary payments (including benefits in kind)

Pension contributions

2020
£000

265 
3,172 

70 

2019
£000

240 
4,334 

70 

3,507 

4,644 

Sir Henry Angest
NPG Boardman

JR Cobb

IA Dewar

Sir Christopher Meyer

AA Salmon

Sir Alan Yarrow

Salary
£000

1,200 
–

650 

–

–

1,200 

 – 

3,050 

Bonus
£000

Benefits
£000

Pension
£000

Fees
£000

–
–

–

–

–

–

 – 

– 

81 
–

17 

–

–

24 

 – 

122

–
–

35 

–

–

35 

 – 

70

Total
2020
£000

1,281 
60

702

75 

60 

Total
2019
£000

1,293 
35

1,252

75 

60 

1,259

1,859

70 

70 

 – 
60

 – 

75 

60 

 – 

70 

265

3,507

4,644

Details of any shares or options held by directors are 
presented on pages 43 and 128. 

The emoluments of the Chairman were £1,281,000 (2019: 
£1,293,000). The emoluments of the highest paid director 
were £1,281,000 (2019: £1,859,000) including pension 
contributions of £nil (2019: £35,000). 

Retirement benefits are accruing under money purchase 
schemes for two directors who served during 2020  
(2019: two directors).

Sir Henry Angest
Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee

24 March 2021 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC

45

Opinion

We have audited the financial statements of Arbuthnot 
Banking Group PLC (the ‘Parent Company’) and its 
subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year ended 31st December 
2020 which comprise: Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income; Consolidated Statement of Financial 
Position; Company Statement of Financial Position; 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity; Company 
Statement of Changes in Equity; Consolidated Statement of 
Cash Flows; Company Statement of Cash Flows; and notes  
to the financial statements, including a summary of significant 
accounting policies. The financial reporting framework that 
has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and 
international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

In our opinion, the financial statements have been prepared 
in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006 and:

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and  
of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2020 
and of the Group’s loss for the year then ended; and

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with 

international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards 
the Parent Company financial statements, as applied in 
accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further 
described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements section of our report. We are independent 
of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the 
ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the 
financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical 
Standard, as applied to listed entities and public interest 
entities and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities 
in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the 
audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate 
to provide a basis for our opinion.

Conclusions relating to going concern

In auditing the Financial Statements, we have concluded that 
the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting  
in the preparation of the Financial Statements is appropriate. 
Our audit procedures to evaluate the directors’ assessment of 
the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to continue to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting included but 
were not limited to:  

•  Undertaking an initial assessment at the planning stage  

of the audit to identify events or conditions that may cast 
significant doubt on the Group’s and the Parent Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern; 

•  Making enquiries of the directors to understand the period 
of assessment considered by them, the assumptions they 
considered and the implication of those when assessing the 
Group’s future financial performance; 

•  Evaluating management’s Going Concern assessment of the 

Group and Parent Company;

•  Evaluating stress tests applied to the main subsidiary’s 

liquidity and regulatory capital;

•  Evaluating the Group’s Recovery and Resolution Plan 

which includes possible cost saving measures that could  
be taken in the event circumstances prevent forecast results 
from being achieved;

•  Assessing and challenging key assumptions and mitigating 

actions put in place in response to COVID-19; 

•  Considering the consistency of the directors’ forecasts with 
other areas of the Financial Statements and our audit; and

•  Evaluating the appropriateness of the directors’ disclosures 

in the Financial Statements on going concern.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified 
any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions 
that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt 
on the Parent Company and Group’s ability to continue as  
a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from 
when the Financial Statements are authorised for issue. 

In relation to the Group’s and the Parent Company’s reporting 
on how it has applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, 
we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in 
relation to the directors’ statement in the financial statements 
about whether the director’s considered it appropriate to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors 
with respect to going concern are described in the relevant 
sections of this report.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202046

Independent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC continued

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional 
judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the 
most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) we identified, including those 
which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; 
the allocation of resources in the audit; and, directing the 
efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed 
in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a 
whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not 
provide a separate opinion on these matters.

We summarise below the key audit matters in forming our 
audit opinion above, together with an overview of the 
principal audit procedures performed to address each matter 
and, where relevant, key observations arising from those 
procedures.

These matters, together with our findings, were communicated 
to those charged with governance through our Audit 
Completion Report.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202047

Loan Loss Provisions

Group - £4.6m; (2019: £4.8m) (See note 22)

Risk

The determination of expected credit loss (‘ECL’) under IFRS 
9 is an inherently judgmental area due to the use of subjective 
assumptions and a high degree of estimation. ECL relating to 
the Group’s loan portfolio requires the Directors to make 
judgements over the ability of the Groups’ customers to make 
future loan repayments.

The most significant risk relates to loans and advances to 
customers where the bank is exposed to secured and 
unsecured lending to private and commercial customers.

As set out in note 3.4, ECL is measured based on a three-
stage model. For loans with no signification deterioration in 
credit risk since origination (stage 1), ECL is determined 
through the use of a model.

The model used by the Group to determine expected losses 
requires judgement to the input parameters and assumptions. 
In particular, the ongoing economic impact of COVID-19 has 
increased uncertainty around macro-economic assumptions.

For loans that have experienced a significant deterioration in 
credit risk since origination (stage 2) or have defaulted (stage 
3) the ECL is determined based on probability of default 
(‘PD’) and the present value of future cash flows arising 
primarily from the sale or repossession of security which 
determines the loss given default (‘LGD’). 

The most significant areas where we identified greater levels 
of management judgement and estimate are:

•  staging of loans and the identification of significant increase 
in credit risk including assessment of the impact of COVID 
driven actions such as payment holidays;

•  key assumptions in the model including PD and LGD 
including the present value of future cash flows from 
collateral;

•  use of macro-economic variables reflecting a range of  

future scenarios.

Our response

Planning
We have performed a risk assessment over the Group’s  
loan portfolio to identify areas of heightened risk,  
with consideration for the impact of COVID-19.

We have assessed the methodology of identifying significant 
increase in credit risk.

Controls Testing
We have tested the design and operating effectiveness of the 
key controls operating across the Group in relation to credit 
processes (including underwriting, monitoring, collections 
and provisioning). This also included attendance at a Potential 
& Problem Debt Management Committee meeting, missed 
payments monitoring, credit reviews at origination and 
annual review, watch list movements through the year,  
and revaluation controls.

Test of detail
We have reviewed credit files in order to verify data used in 
the determination of PD and LGD assumptions. This was 
performed for all loans in Stage 3 and Stage 2 and for a 
sample of loans in Stage 1 with characteristics of heightened 
credit risk (e.g. high Loan-to-Value secured exposures and 
unsecured exposures).

Expected Credit Loss Models 
We have assessed the models used by management to 
determine expected loss calculations. We have: 

•  considered the methodology used by management;

•  tested the data inputs used in applying the methodology 

adopted and assessed for reasonableness; 

•  tested the completeness of the loan portfolio applied to  

the model;

•  tested the process in place to allocate loans to the respective 

risk categories (staging); 

•  reviewed the key assumptions applied to determine 

probability of default and loss given default;

•  we have included in-house credit risk specialists and 
economists in the assessment of model approach and 
assumptions, including macro-economic scenarios and  
the impact on house prices.

Disclosures 
We evaluated whether the disclosures are a clear, true and fair 
reflection of managements approach to classification and 
measurement under IFRS 9 and key assumptions made. 

Conclusion
We found the approach taken in respect of loan loss 
provisions to be consistent with the requirements of IFRS 9 
and judgements made were reasonable. Disclosures were 
appropriate. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202048

Independent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC continued

Revenue Recognition: Effective Interest Rate 
Group - £75.1m; (2019: £76.9m) (See note 8) 

Risk

Our response

The financial reporting fraud risk over revenue recognition 
specifically relates to income recognised on an effect interest 
method (EIR) on Loans and Advances to Customers including 
originated and acquired loan portfolios.

Acquired Portfolios
We have assessed the basis for recognising revenue of acquired 
portfolios against the requirements of IFRS 9. This included 
assessing the allocation and unwind of the discount.

The EIR takes into account cash flows that are an integral 
part of the instrument’s yield including: premiums, discounts 
and acquisition costs which are spread over the expected life 
of the loan.

Models used to calculate EIR are prepared manually and 
therefore have an increased risk of error or fraud.

Judgement is required to determine whether fees are 
recognised as EIR or recognised when a service has been 
performed.

The most significant areas where we identified greater levels 
of management estimation are:

•  unwinding of the discount on acquired portfolios where 
estimations are made with respect to future cash flows;

•  assumptions over the timing of cash flows used in revenue 

recognition of originated exposures.

We have assessed key judgements over expected future cash 
flows including estimated economic life. 

We have performed tests of detail relating to loan information 
and security valuations on a sample of exposures in the 
acquired portfolios.

We have assessed the data inputs into models relating to 
acquired portfolios. 

Originated Portfolios
We confirmed that the methodology applied in the EIR model 
was consistent with the prior year.

We have re-performed model data inputs to identify instances 
of error. Over a sample of loans we have verified details to 
underlying agreements.

We have assessed the EIR model calculation for compliance 
with IFRS 9. Where approximations have been adopted in  
the EIR model we have assessed the impact.

Conclusion
We found the approach taken in respect of EIR to be 
consistent with the requirements of IFRS 9 and judgements 
made were reasonable. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202049

Property valuations and classification

Group - Inventory: £84.7m (2019: £75.2m) (note 23)
Group - Investment properties: £6.6m (2019: £6.8m) (note 29)
Group - Assets classified as held for sale: £3.3m (2019: £7.6m) (note 19)

Risk

Our response

The Group recognises commercial property as either 
investment property under IAS 40 or, where commercial 
property is being developed for future sale, as inventory 
under IAS 2. 

The Group may come into ownership of property originally 
designated as security by borrowers under lending 
arrangements. These are recognised by the Parent Company 
as either inventory under IAS 2, where the property is being 
developed for future sale, or under IFRS 5 when held for sale 
criteria is met. 

The Group has an accounting policy to hold investment 
properties at fair value and other property held as inventory 
or for sale at the lower of cost and net realisable value.

Management engage third party experts to provide 
observations and market data e.g. property rental yields.  
This data is included in models built in-house to determine 
fair value or recoverable amount.

The outcome of the model is highly sensitive to assumptions 
made.

Planning
We have assessed the accounting classification of all 
commercial property, held as either investment property  
or within inventory of all property security repossessed by  
the Group during workout of defaulted loans, held either 
within inventory or as held for sale.

We have held meetings with property developers and  
legal representatives engaged by the Group in relation  
to repossessed property security. 

Controls testing
We have tested the design of controls around valuation 
models prepared by management.

Valuation models
We have engaged with external property valuation specialists 
as audit experts to assist us in our review of the valuation 
approach and assumptions. We have compared property 
valuations determined by management against our own 
independent valuation ranges. 

We have tested data inputs and the sources of management 
assumptions within the valuation models, including but not 
limited to:

•  contractual rental income and incentives;

•  yield rates;

•  forecast maintenance and development costs; and

•  fees and contingencies.

Conclusion
We found the approach taken in respect of property valuations 
to be consistent with the requirements of the relevant 
accounting standards and judgements made were reasonable. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202050

Independent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC continued

Our application of materiality and an overview 
of the scope of our audit
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application  
of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for 
materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, 
helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, 
timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual 
financial statement line items and disclosures and in 
evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually  
and on the financial statements as a whole. Based on our 
professional judgement, we determined materiality for the 
financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall 
materiality

Group: £547,000 (2019: £1,042,000) 
Parent Company: £273,500 (2019: 
£800,000)

How we 
determined it

Based on 0.5% of net assets. However, 
this has been capped at materiality 
levels applied to the main component 
to recognise its relative significance  
in the Group. Parent Company 
materiality has also been reduced  
to aggregate component materiality 
below permitted thresholds.

Rationale for 
benchmark 
applied

We have selected a net assets 
benchmark because the principal 
activity of the Group and Parent 
Company is the investment of Capital.

Performance 
materiality

Group: £328,000 
Parent Company: £164,000

Reporting 
threshold

We agreed with the Directors that we 
would report to them misstatements 
identified during our audit above 
£16,000 (Group) and £8,000 (Parent 
Company) as well as misstatements 
below that amount that, in our view, 
warranted reporting for qualitative 
reasons.

As part of designing our audit, we assessed the risk of 
material misstatement in the financial statements, whether 
due to fraud or error, and then designed and performed audit 
procedures responsive to those risks. In particular, we looked 
at where the Directors made subjective judgements such as 
making assumptions on significant accounting estimates.  
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed 
sufficient work to be able to give an opinion on the financial 
statements as a whole. We used the outputs of a risk 
assessment, our understanding of the Group and the Parent 
Company, its environment, controls and critical business 
processes, to consider qualitative factors in order to ensure that 
we obtained sufficient coverage across all financial statement 
line items.

We performed a full scope audit on all entities within the 
Group which is consistent with the prior year. All audits  
were performed directly by the Group audit team and  
executed at levels of materiality applicable to each individual 
entity which were lower than Group materiality and ranged 
from £0.04million to £0.5million (2019: £0.1million to 
£1.4million). These account for 100% (2019: 100%) of the 
Group’s net interest income. 100% (2019: 100%) of the 
Group’s profit before tax, 100% (2019: 100%) of the Group’s 
net assets, and 100% (2019: 100%) of the Group’s total assets. 
At the Parent Company entity level we have also performed 
testing over the consolidation process of Group entities.

Other information

The other information comprises the information included in 
the annual report other than the financial statements and our 
auditor’s report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the 
other information. Our opinion on the financial statements 
does not cover the other information and, except to the 
extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not 
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our 
responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing 
so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge 
obtained during audit or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or 
apparent material misstatements, we are required to 
determine whether there is a material misstatement in the 
financial statements or a material misstatement of the other 
information. If, based on the work we have performed, we 
conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202051

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies 
Act 2006

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken during the 
audit:

•  the information given in the Strategic Report and the 
Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the 
financial statements are prepared is consistent with the 
financial statements; and

•  the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been 

prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report by 
exception

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group 
and the Parent Company and its environment obtained 
during the audit, we have not identified material 
misstatements in the Strategic Report or the Directors’ 
Report.

Corporate Governance Statement

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we  
have concluded that each of the following elements of the 
Corporate Governance Statement is materially consistent  
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained 
during the audit:

•  directors’ statement with regards the appropriateness of 
adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any 
material uncertainties identified as set out on page 30;

•  directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the entity’s 

prospects, the period this assessment covers and why they 
period is appropriate as set out on page 30;

•  directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable 

as set out on page 34;

•  board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust 

assessment of the emerging and principal risks as set out  
on page 30;

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters 
in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to 
report to you if, in our opinion:

•  the section of the annual report that describes the review  
of effectiveness of risk management and internal control 
systems as set out on page 39; and

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 

Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the Parent Company financial statements are not in 

agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified  

by law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations 

we require for our audit.

We are required to review the directors’ statement in relation 
to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the 
Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Group’s 
compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Statement specified for our review.

•  the section describing the work of the audit committee  

as set out on page 39.

Responsibilities of Directors

As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities 
statement set out on page 33, the Directors are responsible 
for the preparation of the financial statements and for being 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such 
internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to 
enable the preparation of financial statements that are free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are 
responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, 
as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either 
intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to 
cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202052

Independent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC continued

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and  
to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not  
a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with  
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when  
it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and  
are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial 
statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-
compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures 
in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect 
material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including 
fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of 
detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the Group and the Parent 
Company and its industry, we identified that the principal 
risks of non-compliance relate to regulations and supervisory 
requirements of the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) 
and the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA), laws and 
regulations, such as the Companies Act 2006, that have a 
direct impact on the preparation of the financial statements, 
and UK tax legislation.

In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement  
in respect to irregularities including non-compliance with 
laws and regulations, our procedures included but were  
not limited to: 

•  at the planning stage of our audit, gaining an understanding 
of the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the 
Group and the Parent Company, the structure of the Group, 
the industry in which they operate and considered the risk 
of acts by the Group and the Parent Company which were 
contrary to the applicable laws and regulations; 

•  discussing with the Directors and management the policies 
and procedures in place regarding compliance with laws 
and regulations; 

•  inclusion of audit specialists and experts in the risk 

assessment of complex audit areas such as financial models 
and the IT infrastructure;

•  discussing amongst the engagement team, who have 

extensive experience of working with banks, the risks of 
fraud such as opportunities for fraudulent manipulation  
of financial statements, and determined that the principal 
risks were related to posting manual journal entries  
to manipulate financial performance, management bias 
through judgements and assumptions in significant 
accounting estimates, in particular in relation to Expected 
Credit Loss models and provisioning for defaulted loans 
(see ‘Loan Loss Provisions’ Key Audit Matter above)  
and Effective Interest Rate recognition (see ‘Revenue 
Recognition’ Key Audit Matter above), and remaining  
alert to any indications of non-compliance; and

•  assessing the design of controls to consider: the ethical 

cultural framework set by senior management, status of 
control functions, lines of reporting control deficiencies  
and suspicions of misdoings, segregation of duties, and  
IT controls to prevent fraudulent access and manipulation  
of data.

Our procedures in relation to fraud included but were not 
limited to:

•  making enquiries of the Directors and management on 
whether they had knowledge of any actual, suspected  
or alleged fraud, including independent inspection of 
complaints logs;

•  inspection of the Parent Company’s and Group’s regulatory 

and legal correspondence and review of minutes of 
Directors’ meetings in the year;

•  testing effectiveness of controls designed to prevent or 

detect fraudulent activity; 

•  comparing certain balances to external sources; 

•  being sceptical to the potential of management bias in key 

judgements and assumptions; 

•  introducing elements of unpredictability in to our audit 

testing; and

•  addressing the risks of fraud through management override 

of controls by performing journal entry testing.

The primary responsibility for the prevention and detection  
of irregularities including fraud rests with both the Directors 
and management. As with any audit, there remained a risk of 
non-detection of irregularities, as these may involve collusion, 
forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations or the 
override of internal controls.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202053

The risks of material misstatement that had the greatest effect 
on our audit, including fraud, are discussed under “key audit 
matters” within this report. 

A further description of our responsibilities is available  
on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.

Other matters which we are required to address

Following the recommendation of the audit committee,  
we were appointed by the Board of Directors on 6 December 
2019 to audit the financial statements for the year ending  
31 December 2019 and subsequent financial periods. The 
period of total uninterrupted engagement is 2 years, covering 
the years ending 31 December 2019 to 31 December 2020.

The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical 
Standard were not provided to the Group or the Parent 
Company and we remain independent of the Group and the 
Parent Company in conducting our audit.

Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to 
the audit committee.

Use of the audit report

This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members 
as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken 
so that we might state to the Parent Company’s members 
those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s 
report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 
to anyone other than the Parent Company and the Parent 
Company’s members as a body for our audit work, for this 
report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Greg Simpson
(Senior Statutory Auditor)  
for and on behalf of Mazars LLP, 

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor  
Tower Bridge House, St Katharine’s Way,  
London, E1W 1DD

24 March 2021

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202054

Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income

Note

8

9

10

11

12

13

Interest income

Interest expense
Net interest income

Fee and commission income

Fee and commission expense
Net fee and commission income

Operating income

Net impairment loss on financial assets

Other income

Operating expenses
(Loss) / profit before tax

Income tax expense

(Loss) / profit after tax

Other comprehensive income

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Changes in fair value of equity investments at fair value through 
other comprehensive income

Tax on other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive (loss) / income for the period, net of tax

Total comprehensive (loss) / income for the period

Year ended
31 December
2020
£000

Year ended
31 December
2019
£000

75,082 

(17,024)
58,058 

14,735 

(293)
14,442 

72,500 

(2,849)

678 

(71,419)
(1,090)

(242)

(1,332)

(12,826)

(69)

(12,895)

(14,227)

76,870 

(18,233)
58,637 

13,935 

(107)
13,828 

72,465 

(867)

5,599 

(70,186)
7,011 

(835)

6,176 

10,707 

(77)

10,630 

16,806 

41.2 

41.2 

Earnings per share for profit attributable to the equity holders of the Company during the year (expressed in pence per share):

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

15

15

(8.9)

(8.9)

The notes on pages 62 to 136 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement 
of Financial Position

55

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Assets classified as held for sale
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Current tax asset
Other assets
Financial investments
Deferred tax asset
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets

Investment property

Total assets

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital
Retained earnings
Other reserves

Total equity

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Current tax liability
Other liabilities
Lease liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Note

At
31 December
2020
£000

At
31 December
2019
£000

16

17

18

19

20

21

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

36

37

37

30

20

31

32

33

34

636,799
110,267
344,692
3,285
1,843
1,587,849
205
96,288
18,495
1,009
23,646
4,905
17,703

6,550

2,853,536

154
207,839
(13,970)

194,023

230,090
649
2,365,207
– 
7,606
18,305
37,656

2,659,513

2,853,536

325,908
46,258
442,960
7,617
1,804
1,599,053
– 
86,443
30,919
1,815
20,082
5,813
19,944

6,763

2,595,379

154
209,171
(990)

208,335

230,421
319
2,084,903
633
13,500
20,431
36,837

2,387,044

2,595,379

The financial statements on pages 54 to 136 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of directors on 24 March 2021 and 
were signed on its behalf by:

A.A. Salmon
Director

J.R. Cobb
Director

Registered Number: 1954085

The notes on pages 62 to 136 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
56

Company Statement 
of Financial Position

ASSETS
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Financial investments
Current tax asset
Deferred tax asset
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Other assets
Interests in subsidiaries

Total assets

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
Share capital
Other reserves
Retained earnings

Total equity

LIABILITIES
Current tax liability
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Note

At
31 December
2020
£000

At
31 December
2019
£000

17

18

24

25

26

27

23

42

36

37

37

32

34

15,162 
24,308 
14,171 
438 
395 
4 
161 
103 
133,904 

188,646 

154 
(13,444)
160,721 

147,431 

 – 
3,559 
37,656 

41,215 

188,646 

15,316 
24,239 
25,913 
 – 
391 
5 
184 
115 
134,004 

200,167 

154 
(1,618)
161,556 

160,092 

175 
3,063 
36,837 

40,075 

200,167 

The Company has elected to take the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present the Parent Company 
profit and loss account. The profit for the Parent Company for the year is presented in the Statement of Changes in Equity.

The financial statements on pages 54 to 136 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of directors on 24 March 2021 and 
were signed on its behalf by:

A.A. Salmon 
Director

J.R. Cobb 
Director

Registered Number: 1954085

The notes on pages 62 to 136 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement 
of Changes in Equity

57

Balance at 31 December 2019

Total comprehensive income for the period
Loss for 2020

Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Changes in fair value of equity investments at fair value 
through other comprehensive income*
Tax on other comprehensive income

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Purchase of own shares

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

Balance at 31 December 2020

Attributable to equity holders of the Group

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£000

Fair value
 reserve
£000

Treasury 
shares
£000

Retained 
earnings
£000

Total
£000

19 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

19 

205 

(1,214)

209,171 

208,335 

 – 

 – 

(1,332)

(1,332)

(12,825)
(70)

(12,895)

(12,895)

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

(85)

(85)

 – 
 – 

 – 

(12,825)
(70)

(12,895)

(1,332)

(14,227)

 – 

 – 

(85)

(85)

(12,690)

(1,299)

207,839 

194,023 

Share
capital
£000

154 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

154 

*  Mainly relate to movement in STB share price. There is currently no tax implications to the movement as the shareholding still qualifies for significant 

shareholding exemption.

The notes on pages 62 to 136 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
58

Consolidated Statement 
of Changes in Equity continued

Attributable to equity holders of the Group

Share 
capital
£000

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£000

Fair value
 reserve
£000

Treasury 
shares
£000

Retained 
earnings
£000

Total
£000

Balance at 31 December 2018

153 

20 

(12,169)

(1,131)

209,083 

195,956 

Total comprehensive income for the period
Profit for 2019

Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Changes in fair value of equity investments at fair value 
through other comprehensive income*
Tax on other comprehensive income

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Unwind Employee Trust
Sale of Secure Trust Bank shares
Issue non-voting shares
Purchase of own shares
Final dividend relating to 2018
Interim dividend relating to 2019

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

Balance at 31 December 2019

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
1 
 – 
 – 
 – 

1 

154 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
(1)
 – 
 – 
 – 

(1)

19 

 – 

 – 

6,176 

6,176 

10,707 
(77)

10,630 

10,630 

 – 
1,744 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

1,744 

205 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
(83)
 – 
 – 

(83)

 – 
 – 

 – 

6,176 

1,083 
(1,744)
(44)
 – 
(2,978)
(2,405)

10,707 
(77)

10,630 

16,806 

1,083 
 – 
(44)
(83)
(2,978)
(2,405)

(6,088)

(4,427)

(1,214)

209,171 

208,335 

*  Mainly relate to movement in STB share price. There is currently no tax implications to the movement as the shareholding still qualifies for significant 

shareholding exemption.

The notes on pages 62 to 136 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Statement 
of Changes in Equity

59

Balance at 1 January 2019

153 

20 

(7,022)

(1,131)

162,729 

154,749 

Attributable to equity holders of the Company 

Share
capital
£000

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£000

Fair value
 reserve
£000

Treasury 
shares
£000

Retained 
earnings
£000

Total
£000

Total comprehensive income for the period
Profit for 2019

Other comprehensive income, net of income tax
Changes in fair value of equity investments at fair value 
through other comprehensive income*

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Unwind Employee Trust
Issue of non-voting shares
Purchase of own shares
Final dividend relating to 2018
Interim dividend relating to 2019

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

Balance at 31 December 2019

Total comprehensive income for the period
Loss for 2020

Other comprehensive income, net of income tax
Changes in fair value of equity investments at fair value 
through other comprehensive income*

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Purchase of own shares

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

Balance at 31 December 2020

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
1 
 – 
 – 
 – 

1 

154 

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

154 

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
(1)
 – 
 – 
 – 

(1)

19 

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

19 

 – 

– 

6,599 

6,599 

6,599 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
(83)
 – 
 – 

(83)

3,170 

3,170 

– 

 – 

 – 

3,170 

1,083 
(43)
 – 
(2,978)
(2,405)

– 

6,599 

6,599 

9,769 

1,083 
(43)
(83)
(2,978)
(2,405)

(4,343)

(4,426)

(423)

(1,214)

161,556 

160,092 

 – 

– 

(11,741)

(11,741)

(11,741)

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(835)

(835)

– 

 – 

 – 

– 

(11,741)

(11,741)

(835)

(12,576)

 – 

 – 

(85)

(85)

 – 

 – 

(85)

(85)

(12,164)

(1,299)

160,721 

147,431 

*   Mainly relate to movement in STB share price. There is currently no tax implications to the movement as the shareholding still qualifies for significant 

shareholding exemption.

The notes on pages 62 to 136 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
60

Consolidated Statement 
of Cash Flows

Note

Year ended 
31 December
2020
£000

Year ended 
31 December
2019
£000

Cash flows from operating activities
Interest received
Interest paid
Fees and commissions received
Other income
Cash payments to employees and suppliers
Taxation paid

Cash flows from operating profits before changes in operating assets 
and liabilities
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 – net decrease in derivative financial instruments
 – net decrease/(increase) in loans and advances to customers
 – net increase in other assets
 – net increase in amounts due to customers
 – net decrease in other liabilities

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of financial investments
Disposal of financial investments
Purchase of computer software
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of investment property
Purchase of debt securities
Proceeds from redemption of debt securities

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Purchase of treasury shares
Issue subordinated debt
Decrease in borrowings
Dividends paid

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

26

27

27

29

40

99,308 
(19,264)
14,685 
678 
(88,564)
(237)

6,606 

291 
11,366 
(5,513)
280,304 
(5,894)

287,160 

(420)
 – 
(6,392)
(683)
23 
 – 
(695,614)
791,242 

88,156 

(85)
 – 
(331)
 – 

(416)

374,900 
372,166 

747,066 

63,500 
(15,088)
13,757 
5,599 
(63,887)
(841)

3,040 

173 
(372,612)
(10,123)
370,617 
(5,049)

(13,954)

(182)
15,330 
(5,552)
(1,950)
 – 
(2,901)
(815,223)
719,737 

(90,741)

 – 
25,000 
(2,254)
(5,383)

17,363 

(87,332)
459,498 

372,166 

The notes on pages 62 to 136 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Statement 
of Cash Flows

61

Note

Year ended 
31 December
2020
£000

Year ended 
31 December
2019
£000

Cash flows from operating activities
Dividends received from subsidiaries
Interest received
Interest paid
Other income
Cash payments to employees and suppliers
Taxation paid

Cash flows from operating (loss)/profit before changes in operating 
assets and liabilities
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 – net decrease/(increase) in group company balances
 – net decrease/(increase) in other assets
 – net (decrease)/increase in other liabilities

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Receipt on dissolution of insurance cell
Issue of subordinated debt to Arbuthnot Latham

Net cash inflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Purchase of treasury shares
Issue subordinated debt
Dividends paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

42

40

385 
51 
(2,664)
9,537 
(7,965)
(21)

(677)

2,087 
12 
(1,591)

(169)

100 
 – 

100 

(85)
 – 
 – 

(85)

(154)
15,316 

15,162 

3,766 
65 
(1,829)
10,605 
(8,129)
(370)

4,108 

(742)
(73)
481 

3,774 

 – 
(25,000)

(25,000)

(83)
25,000 
(5,383)

19,534 

(1,692)
17,008 

15,316 

The notes on pages 62 to 136 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
62

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements

1. Reporting entity

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC is a company domiciled in the United Kingdom. The registered address of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC 
is 7 Wilson Street, London, EC2M 2SN. The consolidated financial statements of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC as at and for the year 
ended 31 December 2020 comprise Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the “Group” and 
individually as “subsidiaries”). The Company is the holding company of a group primarily involved in banking and financial services.

2. Basis of preparation

(a) Statement of compliance
The Group’s consolidated financial statements and the Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 
international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

The consolidated financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 24 March 2021.

(b) Basis of measurement
The consolidated and company financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by investment 
property and derivatives, financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss or other comprehensive income.

(c) Functional and presentational currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates (“the functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Pounds 
Sterling, which is the Company’s functional and the Group’s presentational currency.

(d) Use of estimates and judgements 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also 
requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher 
degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements 
are disclosed in Note 4.

(e) Going concern
After making appropriate enquiries which assessed strategy, profitability, funding, risk management (see Note 6) and capital resources 
(see Note 7), the directors are satisfied that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue in operation for the 
foreseeable future. The Group reported a loss before tax of £1.1m in 2020, however, this result included a number of short-term items 
as highlighted in the Strategic Report. The Directors expect that the Group will return to profitability in 2021, with strong pipeline 
business as a result of re-instating credit appetite and the acquisition of the Asset Alliance Group contributing towards future earnings. 
The Audit Committee reviewed management’s assessment, which incorporated analysis of the ICAAP and ILAAP approved by the 
Board of AL and of relevant metrics, focusing on liquidity, capital, and the stress scenarios in the light of the economic impact of the 
pandemic. It is satisfied that the going concern basis and assessment of the Group’s longer-term viability is appropriate. The financial 
statements are therefore prepared on the going concern basis.

(f) Accounting developments
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year, except for the following:

COVID-19 amendments on lease modifications – Amendments to IFRS 16 – Leases (IFRS 16)
The IASB published ‘amendments to IFRS 16 covering COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions’. These provide lessees with an exemption 
from assessing whether a COVID-19 related rent concession is a lease modification. The amendment is effective for annual reporting 
periods beginning on or after 1 June 2020. The effect of the amendment on the Group’s financial statements is immaterial and will  
be adopted from 1 January 2021. There will be no adjustment to retained earnings as of 1 January 2020 since the amendments only 
apply to rent concessions granted in 2020.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202063

3. Significant accounting policies

The accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have 
been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

3.1. Consolidation
(a) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all investees (including special purpose entities) controlled by the Group. The Group controls an investee when it is 
exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through  
its power over the investee. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are 
de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group. The cost of an acquisition  
is measured as the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange. 
Identifiable assets acquired, liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair 
values at the acquisition date, irrespective of the extent of any non-controlling interest. The excess of the cost of acquisition over the 
fair value of the Group’s shares of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If the cost of acquisition is less than the 
fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognised directly in the Statement of Comprehensive Income  
as a gain on bargain purchase. Contingent consideration related to an acquisition is initially recognised at the date of acquisition  
as part of the consideration transferred, measured at its acquisition date fair value and recognised as a liability. The fair value of  
a contingent consideration liability recognised on acquisition is remeasured at key reporting dates until it is settled, changes in fair 
value are recognised in the profit or loss.

The Company’s investments in subsidiaries are recorded at cost less, where appropriate, provisions for impairment in value. 

Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses 
are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies 
adopted by the Group.

(b) Special purpose entities
Special purpose entities (“SPEs”) are entities that are created to accomplish a narrow and well-defined objective such as the 
securitisation of particular assets or the execution of a specific borrowing or lending transaction. SPEs are consolidated when the 
investor controls the investee. The investor would only control the investee if it had all of the following:

•  power over the investee;

•  exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

•  the ability to use its power over the investee to affect the amount of the investor’s returns.

The assessment of whether the Group has control over an SPE is carried out at inception and the initial assessment is only reconsidered 
at a later date if there were any changes to the structure or terms of the SPE, or there were additional transactions between the Group 
and the SPE.

3.2. Foreign currency translation
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the spot exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions or valuation where items are remeasured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such 
transactions and from the translation at year end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies 
are recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income. Foreign exchange differences arising from translation of equity instruments, 
where an election has been made to present subsequent fair value changes in Other Comprehensive Income (“OCI”), will also be 
recognised in OCI.

3.3. Financial assets and financial liabilities
IFRS 9 requires financial assets and liabilities to be measured at amortised cost, fair value through other comprehensive income 
(“FVOCI”) or fair value through the profit and loss (“FVPL”). Liabilities are measured at amortised cost or FVPL. The Group 
classifies financial assets and financial liabilities in the following categories: financial assets and financial liabilities at FVPL; FVOCI, 
financial assets and liabilities at amortised cost and other financial liabilities. Management determines the classification of its financial 
instruments at initial recognition. 

A financial asset or financial liability is measured initially at fair value plus, transaction costs that are directly attributable to  
its acquisition or issue with the exception of financial assets at FVPL where these costs are debited to the income statement.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202064

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

(a) Financial assets measured at amortised cost
Financial assets that are held to collect contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and 
interest are measured at amortised cost. A basic lending arrangement results in contractual cash flows that are solely payments of 
principal and interest (“SPPI”) on the principal amount outstanding. Financial assets measured at amortised cost are predominantly 
loans and advances and debt securities. 

Loans and advances 
Loans and advances are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. 
They arise when the Group provides money, goods or services directly to a debtor with no intention of trading the receivable and the 
SPPI criteria are met. Loans are recognised when cash is advanced to the borrowers inclusive of transaction costs. Loans and advances, 
other than those relating to assets leased to customers, are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

Debt securities at amortised cost 
Debt securities at amortised cost are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturities that the 
Group has determined meets the SPPI criteria. Debt security investments are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate 
method, less any impairment loss.

(b) Financial assets and financial liabilities at FVPL 
Financial assets and liabilities are classified at FVPL where they do not meet the criteria to be measured at amortised cost or FVOCI  
or where financial assets are designated at FVPL to reduce an accounting mismatch. They are measured at fair value in the statement  
of financial position, with fair value gains/losses recognised in the income statement.

Financial assets that are held for trading or managed within a business model that is evaluated on a fair value basis are measured  
at FVPL, because the business objective is neither hold-to-collect contractual cash flows nor hold-to-collect-and-sell contractual  
cash flows.

This category comprises derivative financial instruments and financial investments. Derivative financial instruments utilised by the 
Group include structured notes and derivatives used for hedging purposes. 

Financial assets and liabilities at FVPL are initially recognised on the date from which the Group becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions of the instrument, including any acquisition costs. Subsequent measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities held 
in this category are carried at FVPL until the investment is sold.

(c) Financial assets at FVOCI
These include investments in special purpose vehicles and equity investments. They may be sold in response to liquidity requirements, 
interest rate, exchange rate or equity price movements. Financial investments are initially recognised at cost, which is considered as the 
fair value of the investment including any acquisition costs. The securities are subsequently measured at fair value in the statement of 
financial position. 

Fair value changes in the securities are recognised directly in equity (OCI). 

A debt instrument is measured at fair value through other comprehensive income if it meets both of the following conditions:

•  the asset is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets; and

•  the contractual terms of the financial asset meet the SPPI criterion.

There is a rebuttable presumption that all equity investments are FVPL, however on initial recognition the Group may make an 
irrevocable election to present the fair value movement of equity investments that are not held for trading within OCI. The election can 
be made on an instrument by instrument basis.

For debt instruments, changes in fair value are recognised in OCI. The assets are subject to impairment testing under IFRS 9 and a loss 
allowance provision is recognised for such assets. The portion of changes in fair value which reflect ECL are taken to the profit or loss.

For equity instruments, there are no reclassifications of gains and losses to the profit or loss statement on derecognition and no 
impairment recognised in the profit or loss. Equity fair value movements are not reclassified from OCI under any circumstances.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202065

(d) Financial guarantees and loan commitments
Financial guarantees represent undertakings that the Group will meet a customer’s obligation to third parties if the customer fails to  
do so. Commitments to extend credit represent unused portions of authorisations to extend credit in the form of loans, guarantees or 
letters of credit. The Group is exposed to loss in an amount equal to the total guarantees or unused commitments, however, the likely 
amount of loss is expected to be significantly less; most commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining 
specific credit standards, where the amount of loss exceeds the total unused commitments an ECL is recognised. Liabilities under 
financial guarantee contracts are initially recorded at their fair value, and the initial fair value is amortised over the life of the financial 
guarantee. Subsequently, the financial guarantee liabilities are measured at the higher of the initial fair value, less cumulative 
amortisation, and the ECL of the obligations.

(e) Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Financial liabilities at amortised cost are non-derivative financial liabilities with fixed or determinable payments. These liabilities are 
recognised when cash is received from the depositors and carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. The fair 
value of these liabilities repayable on demand is assumed to be the amount payable on demand at the Statement of Financial Position date.

Basis of measurement for financial assets and liabilities
Amortised cost measurement
The amortised cost of a financial asset or financial liability is the amount at which the financial asset or financial liability is measured 
at initial recognition, minus principal payments, plus or minus the cumulative amortisation using the effective interest rate method  
of any difference between the initial amount recognised and the maturity amount, less any reduction for impairment.

Fair value measurement
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market 
participants at the measurement date. 

When available, the Group measures the fair value of an instrument using quoted prices in an active market for that instrument.  
A market is regarded as active if quoted prices are readily and regularly available and represent actual and regularly occurring  
market transactions on an arm’s length basis.

If a market for a financial instrument is not active, the Group establishes fair value using a valuation technique. These include the use 
of recent arm’s length transactions, reference to other instruments that are substantially the same for which market observable prices 
exist, net present value and discounted cash flow analysis.

Derecognition
Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or when the Group has 
transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. Any interest in transferred financial assets that qualify for derecognition 
that is created or retained by the Group is recognised as a separate asset or liability in the Statement of Financial Position. In transactions 
in which the Group neither retains nor transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a financial asset and it retains 
control over the asset, the Group continues to recognise the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement, determined by the extent 
to which it is exposed to changes in the value of the transferred asset. There have not been any instances where assets have only been 
partially derecognised.

The Group derecognises a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled, expire, are modified or exchanged.

Offsetting
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only 
when, the Group currently has a legally enforceable right to set off the amounts and it intends either to settle them on a net basis or  
to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Income and expenses are presented on a net basis only when permitted under IFRS, or for gains and losses arising from a group  
of similar transactions such as the Group’s trading activity.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202066

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

3.4 Impairment for financial assets and liabilities
IFRS 9 impairment model adopts a three stage expected credit loss approach (“ECL”) based on the extent of credit deterioration  
since origination. 

The three stages under IFRS 9 are as follows:

•  Stage 1 – if, at the reporting date, the credit risk on a financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition,  
an entity shall measure the loss allowance for that financial instrument at an amount equal to 12-month expected credit losses.

•  Stage 2 – a lifetime loss allowance is held for financial assets where a significant increase in credit risk has been identified since initial 
recognition for financial assets that are not credit impaired. The assessment of whether credit risk has increased significantly since 
initial recognition is performed for each reporting period for the life of the loan.

•  Stage 3 – a lifetime ECL allowance is required for financial assets that are credit impaired at the reporting date.

Measurement of ECL
The assessment of credit risk and the estimation of ECL are unbiased and probability weighted. ECL is measured on either a 12 month 
(Stage 1) or lifetime (Stage 2) basis depending on whether a significant increase in credit risk has occurred since initial recognition or 
where an account meets the Group’s definition of default (Stage 3).

The ECL calculation is a product of an individual loan’s probability of default (‘PD’), exposure at default (‘EAD’) and loss given 
default (‘LGD’) discounted at the effective interest rate (‘EIR’).

Significant increase in credit risk (“SICR”) (movement to Stage 2)
The Group’s transfer criteria determines what constitutes a significant increase in credit risk, which results in a financial asset being 
moved from Stage 1 to Stage 2. The Group has determined that a significant increase in credit risk arises when an individual borrower 
is more than 30 days past due or if forbearance measures have been put in place.

Use of COVID-19 relief mechanisms (for example, payment holidays, CBILS and BBLS) will not automatically merit identification  
of SICR and trigger a Stage 2 classification in isolation, where an individual borrower received COVID-19 relief, which were primarily 
in the form of payment holidays. The individual borrower was assessed to be a significant increase in credit risk where they were 
considered to have suffered long term financial difficulty. An individual borrower was considered to have suffered long term financial 
difficulty based on individual circumstances or where they had received more than two payment holidays or where a payment holiday 
given was in excess of 6 months.

The Group monitors the ongoing appropriateness of the transfer criteria, where any proposed amendments will be reviewed and 
approved by the Groups Credit Committees at least annually and more frequently if required.

A borrower will move back into Stage 1 conditional upon a period of good account conduct and the improvement of the Client’s situation 
to the extent that the probability of default has receded sufficiently and a full repayment of the loan, without recourse to the collateral, 
is likely.

Definition of default (movement to Stage 3)
The Group uses a number of qualitative and quantitative criteria to determine whether an account meets the definition of default and 
as a result moves into Stage 3. The criteria are as follows:

•  The rebuttable assumption that more than 90 days past due is an indicator of default. The Group therefore deems more than 90 

days past due as an indicator of default except for cases where the customer is already within forbearance. This will ensure that the 
policy is aligned with the Basel/Regulatory definition of default.

•  The Group has also deemed it appropriate to classify accounts where there has been a breach in agreed forbearance arrangements, 
recovery action is in hand or bankruptcy proceedings have been initiated or similar insolvency process of a client, or director of  
a company.

A borrower will move out of Stage 3 when their credit risk improves such that they are no longer past due and remain up to date with 
a period of good conduct and the improvement in the borrower’s situation to the extent that credit risk has receded sufficiently and a 
full repayment of the loan, without recourse to the collateral, is likely.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202067

Forward looking macroeconomic scenarios
IFRS 9 requires the entity to consider the risk of default and impairment loss taking into account expectations of economic changes 
that are reasonable.

COVID-19 has already had a significant impact on the forward-looking economic information used by the IFRS 9 models in calculating 
ECL. While the central scenario used previously implied the most significant macroeconomic factor related to property prices, the 
central scenarios assumed now forecast deterioration in conditions on a magnitude typically observed for severe stresses but with  
the deterioration and subsequent recovery compressed into a much shorter time frame than typical economic cycles. 

To account for these limitations caused by the uncertainty of the pandemic, a number of refinements and changes have been applied to 
the respective model components to ensure that the ECL outcome is reasonable and with regard to the timing in which deteriorating 
economics translate into default and loss outcomes.

The Group uses a bespoke macroeconomic models to determine the most significant factors which may influence the likelihood of an 
exposure defaulting in the future. At present, the most significant macroeconomic factor relates to property prices. The Group 
currently consider five probability weighted scenarios. The model adopts five probability weighted scenarios no change, severe decline, 
moderate decline, decline and growth. The Group has derived an approach for factoring probability weighted macroeconomic 
forecasts into ECL calculations, adjusting PD and LGD estimates. 

Expected life 
IFRS 9 requires lifetime expected credit losses to be measured over the expected life. Currently the Group considers the loans’ expected 
life is equal to the contractual loan term. This approach will continue to be monitored and enhanced if and when deemed appropriate.

Government guarantees
During March and April 2020, the UK government launched a series of temporary schemes designed to support businesses deal with 
the impact of COVID-19. The BBLs, CBILs and CLBILs lending products are originated by the Group but are covered by government 
guarantees. These are to be set against the outstanding balance of a defaulted facility after the proceeds of the business assets have been 
applied. The government guarantee is 80% for CBILs and CLBILs and 100% for BBLs. Arbuthnot Latham recognises lower LGDs for 
these lending products as a result, with 0% applied to the government guaranteed part of the exposure.

3.5. Impairment of non-financial assets
The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets, other than inventories and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each 
reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable 
amount is estimated. Impairment for goodwill is discussed in more detail under note 3.15(a).

3.6. Fiduciary activities
The Group commonly acts as trustee and in other fiduciary capacities that result in the holding or placing of assets on behalf of 
individuals, trusts, retirement benefit plans and other institutions. These assets and income arising thereon are excluded from these 
financial statements, as they are not assets of the Group.

3.7. New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
There are no standards, interpretations or amendments to existing standards that have been published and are mandatory for the 
Group’s accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2021 or later periods, that will have any material impact on the Group’s 
financial statements. 

4. Critical accounting estimates and judgements in applying accounting policies

The Group makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year. 
Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of 
future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

4.1 Estimation uncertainty
(a) Expected credit losses (“ECL”) on financial assets 
The Group reviews its loan portfolios and debt security investments to assess impairment at least on a quarterly basis. The basis for 
evaluating impairment losses is described in note 10. The measurement of ECL required by IFRS 9, necessitates a number of significant 
judgements. Specifically judgements and estimation uncertainties relate to assessment of whether credit risk on the financial asset has 
increased significantly since initial recognition, incorporation of forward-looking information (“FLI”) in the measurement of ECLs and 
key assumptions used in estimating recoverable cash flows. These estimates are driven by a number of factors that are subject to 
change which may result in different levels of ECL allowances.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202068

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

4. Critical accounting estimates and judgements in applying accounting policies (continued)

The Group incorporates FLI into the assessment of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. Forecasts for key 
macroeconomic variables that most closely correlate with the Bank’s portfolio are used to produce five economic scenarios, comprising 
of a no change, upside case, downside case, moderate decline and severe decline, and the impacts of these scenarios are then probability 
weighted. The estimation and application of this FLI will require significant judgement supported by the use of external information.

12-month ECLs on loans and advances (loans within Stage 1) are calculated using a statistical model on a collective basis, grouped 
together by product and geographical location. The key assumptions are the probability of default, the economic scenarios and loss 
given default (“LGD”) having consideration for collateral. Lifetime ECLs on loans and advances (loans within Stage 2 and 3) are 
calculated based on an individual valuation of the underlying asset and other expected cash flows. 

For financial assets in Stage 2 and 3, ECL is calculated on an individual basis and all relevant factors that have a bearing on the 
expected future cash flows are taken into account. These factors can be subjective and can include the individual circumstances of the 
borrower, the realisable value of collateral, the Group’s position relative to other claimants, and the likely cost to sell and duration of 
the time to collect. The level of ECL is the difference between the value of the recoverable amount (which is equal to the expected 
future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate), and its carrying amount.

Management considered a range of variables in determining the level of future ECL. The two of the key judgements were in relation to 
“time to collect” and “collateral valuations”. Sensitivity analysis was carried out based on what was considered reasonably possible in 
the current market conditions.

If time to collect increased by six months across all client exposures, this would lead to a negative £0.7m (2019: negative £0.6m) 
impact through the Profit or Loss. A six month reduction in time to collect would lead to a £0.3m favourable (2019: £0.1m 
favourable) impact on Profit or Loss. 

If the collateral valuations increased by 10% across client exposures, this would lead to a positive £1m (2019: positive £1.4m) impact 
through Profit or Loss. If the collateral valuations decreased by 10% across all client exposures, this would lead to a £1.8m adverse 
(2019: £2.1m adverse) impact on Profit or Loss. 

Five economic scenarios were modelled. A probability was assigned to each scenario to arrive at an overall weighted impact on ECL. 
Management judgment is required in the application of the probability weighting for each scenario. 

The Group considered the impact of various assumptions on the calculation of ECL (changes in GDP, unemployment rates, inflation, 
exchange rates, equity prices, wages and collateral values/property prices) and concluded that only collateral values/property prices 
have a material impact on ECL.

The five macroeconomic scenarios modelled on future property prices and asset values were as follows:

•  Severe decline

•  Moderate decline

•  Decline

•  No change

•  Growth

Other than collateral/property prices for Arbuthnot Latham and collateral/asset values for its subsidiary Renaissance Asset Finance,  
no other assumptions were assessed to have a material impact on ECL. The tables below therefore reflect the expected changes in 
collateral/property prices and collateral/asset values in each of the macroeconomic scenarios and the probability weighting applied  
for each scenario.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202069

Another of the key judgements concerns the probability of the economic scenarios in the measurement of the ECL. The probability 
weighting and forward-looking economic scenarios are as follows for the Arbuthnot Latham and Renaissance Asset Finance:

Economic Scenarios
Severe decline
Moderate decline

Decline
No Change
Growth
Weighted average change in property price

Economic Scenarios
Severe decline
Moderate decline

Decline
No Change
Growth
Weighted average change in asset values

Arbuthnot Latham

Probability weighting

Change in property price

2020

2019

2020

2019

2.0% 
15.0% 

70.0% 
9.0% 
4.0% 

1.0% 
3.0% 

50.0% 
26.0% 
20.0% 

(40.0%)
(20.0%)

(2.5%)
 – 
0.5% 
(5.5%)

(40.0%)
(20.0%)

(1.5%)
 – 
0.5% 
(1.8%)

Renaissance Asset Finance

Probability weighting

Change in asset values

2020

2019

2020

2019

6.0% 
20.0% 

40.0% 
31.0% 
3.0% 

2.0%  
8.0%  

(15%) to (60%)
(7.5%) to (30%)

(10%) to (40%)
(5%) to (20%)

30.0% 
30.0% 
30.0% 

(2.5%) to (15%)
 – 
2.0% 
(9.6%)

(2.0%)
 – 
2.0% 
(1.9%)

The above tables reflect the 5 year average expected change in collateral values in each economic scenario for Arbuthnot Latham and 
its subsidiary Renaissance Asset Finance, which were applied over the full term the Group is exposed to credit risk (also an average  
of 5 years). The expected change in property prices under each scenario, were weighted according to the probability of each scenario, 
to arrive at a probability weighted change in property prices for Arbuthnot Latham and asset values for Renaissance Asset Finance. 
These adjusted property and asset values are then used to assess the future expected cash flows, which are considered along with the 
loan exposures at default to calculate the expected credit loss. No other long-term averages are used in the calculation of ECL, as the 
above changes are in effect modelled over the full term of the Group’s exposure to credit risk.

The economic scenarios were updated as a result of the impact of COVID-19 on the economy, at 31 December 2020 the weighted 
average change in property price is a 5.5% decline compared to a 1.8% decline for the Company and weighted average change in asset 
values is a 9.6% decline compared to a 1.9% decline for Renaissance Asset Finance at 31 December 2019. The table below compares 
the 31 December 2020 ECL provision using the 31 December 2020 economic scenarios and the 31 December 2020 ECL provision 
using the 31 December 2019 economic scenarios.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
70

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

4. Critical accounting estimates and judgements in applying accounting policies (continued)

ECL Provision
Stage 1
Stage 2

Stage 3

At 31 December 2020

Arbuthnot Latham

Renaissance Asset Finance

Economic scenarios as at

2020
£000

 427
 180

 3,025

 3,632

2019
£000

 259  
 40  

 2,943

 3,242

2020
£000

 249
 353

 345

 947

2019
£000

 136
 123

 335

 594

Additionally, management have assessed the impact of assigning a 100% probability to each of the economic scenarios, which would 
have the following impact on the Profit or Loss of the Group:

Impact of 100% scenario probability
Severe Decline
Moderate Decline
Decline

No Change
Growth

Arbuthnot Latham

Renaissance Asset Finance

2020
£000

(46.4)
(5.1)
0.3 

0.4 
0.5 

2019
£000

(23.9)  
(5.9)  
 –  

0.3  
0.5  

2020
£000

(4.6)
(0.9)
0.1 

0.4 
0.4 

2019
£000

(2.1)
(0.3)
(0.1)

(0.1)
0.1 

(b) Effective Interest Rate
Acquired loan books are initially recognised at fair value. Subsequently, they are measured under the effective interest rate method. 
Management review the expected cash flows against actual cash flows to ensure future assumptions on customer behaviour and future 
cash flows remain valid. If the estimates of future cash flows are revised, the gross carrying value of the financial asset is recalculated as 
the present value of the estimated future contractual cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate, or in the case of the 
acquired books the credit-adjusted effective interest rate. The adjustment to the carrying value of the loan book is recognised in the 
Statement of Comprehensive Income.

The accuracy of the effective interest rate is affected by unexpected market movements resulting in altered customer behaviour, 
inaccuracies in the models used compared to actual outcomes and incorrect assumptions.

In 2020 the Group recognised £0.1m additional interest income to reflect a revision in the timing of expected cash flows on the 
originated book, reflecting a shortening of the expected life of originated loan book.

If customer loans repaid 6 months earlier than anticipated on the originated loan book, interest income would increase by £0.5m 
(2019: £0.4m), due to acceleration of fee income.

In 2020 the Group recognised £0.1m reversal of (2019: £0.4m additional) interest income to reflect actual cash flows received on the 
acquired mortgage books being less than forecast cash flows. 

The key judgements in relation to calculating the net present value of the acquired mortgage books relate to the timing of future cash 
flows on principal repayments. Management have considered an early and delayed 6-month sensitivity on the timing of repayment  
and a 10% increase and decrease of principal repayments to be to be reasonably possible.

If the acquired loan books were modelled to accelerate cash flows by 6 months, it would increase interest income in 2020 by £0.2m 
(2019: £0.3m) while a 10% increase in principal repayments will increase interest income in 2020 by £0.5m (2019: £0.8m) through  
a cash flow reset adjustment. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
71

(c) Investment property
The valuations that the Group places on its investment properties are subject to a degree of uncertainty and are calculated on the basis 
of assumptions in relation to prevailing market rents and effective yields. These assumptions may not prove to be accurate, particularly 
in periods of market volatility. 

Following the uncertainty due to Brexit, which had the effect of reducing the activity in the property market in 2019, the impact  
of COVID-19 combined with the ongoing complexities of Brexit had the impact of further significantly reducing the activity in the 
property market, particularly during the first half of 2020. There were signs of the level of activity increasing in the second half of 
2020, though well below the overall levels of 2019. This has in turn resulted in less market evidence being available for Management 
in making its judgement on the key assumptions of property yield and market rent. The Group currently owns one (2019: one) 
investment property, as outlined in note 29.

During 2019, two properties were reclassified to inventory due to being under development with the intention to sell. 

Management valued the investment property utilising externally sourced market information and property specific knowledge.  
The valuations were reviewed by the Group’s in-house surveyor.

Crescent Office Park in Bath with value of £6.6m (2019: £6.8m)
In December 2017, the office building was acquired with the intention to be included within a new property fund initiative that the 
Group had planned to start-up. The property had tenants in situ with the Fund recognising rental income.

The property was initially recognised as held for sale under IFRS 5. In 2018 the launch of the property fund was placed on hold and as 
a result it was reclassified as an investment property as the property no longer met the IFRS 5 criteria. The property remained occupied 
as at 31 December 2020 with the Group receiving rental income.

In accordance with IAS 40, the property is recognised at fair value, with its carrying value at year end of £6.6m equal to its fair value. 
A fair value loss of £0.2m was recognised during the year.

The valuation of the property has the following key inputs:

•  yield: 6.50% 

•  future rent increases (every five years): 4.00%

Model Yield
 – Yield 0.25% lower
 – Yield 0.25% higher

Model Future Rent Increases (Every 5 Years)
– Positive +25%
– Negative -25%

Variable

6.50%
6.25%
6.75%

4.00%
5.00%
3.00%

Revised fair value gain/(loss)

£m

0.3 
(0.3)

0.2 
(0.2)

%

5.3% 
(3.9%)

3.7% 
(2.4%)

(d) Inventory
The Group owns two commercial properties and three repossessed properties, classified as inventory. During 2019, the two commercial 
properties were reclassified from investment property to inventory due to being under development with the intention to sell. The three 
repossessed properties were initially recognised as inventory. The commercial properties on reclassification to inventory were initially 
recognised at fair value and have been subsequently measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value (“NRV”) less costs to sell. 
Cost is deemed to be fair value on the date of transfer or initial recognition. The properties are assessed at the reporting date for 
impairment.

The internal valuations that the Group places on its properties are subject to a degree of uncertainty and are calculated on the basis  
of assumptions in relation to prevailing market rents and effective yields. These assumptions may not prove to be accurate, particularly 
in periods of market volatility. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
72

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

4. Critical accounting estimates and judgements in applying accounting policies (continued)

Following the uncertainty due to Brexit, which had the effect of reducing activity in the property market in 2019, the impact of 
COVID-19 combined with the ongoing complexities of Brexit has resulted in further reductions in activity within the property market, 
particularly during the first half of 2020. There have been signs of the level of activity increasing in the second half of 2020, though 
well below the overall level of 2019. This has in turn resulted in less market evidence being available for Management in making its 
judgement on the key assumptions of property yield and market rent.

Management valued the property utilising externally sourced market information and property specific knowledge. The valuations 
were reviewed by the Group’s in-house surveyor.

The Group also make use of external valuations on its properties that are subject to a degree of uncertainty and are calculated on  
the basis of assumptions in relation to prevailing market conditions and subject to comparable properties for sale. These valuations  
are therefore susceptible to uncertainty particularly where there is a limited level of activity in the property market.

Management have assessed that should the net realisable value less cost to sell of each of the combined property inventory reduce  
by 5% this would impact profit or loss by £1.75m (or 2.1% of cost) and a reduction of 10% would impact profit or loss by £6.1m  
(or 7.2% of cost).

5. Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities

The table below shows the maturity analysis of assets and liabilities of the Group as at 31 December 2020:

At 31 December 2020

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Assets classified as held for sale
Derivative financial instruments
Current tax asset
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments
Deferred tax asset
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Investment property

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Lease liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Due within 
one year
£000

636,799
110,267
199,002
3,285
202
205
533,856
96,180
1,754
– 
13,895
3,113
2,793
– 

1,601,351

5,090
188
2,170,339
7,606
2,798
– 

2,186,021

Due after 
more than 
one year
£000

– 
– 
145,690
– 
1,641
– 
1,053,993
108
16,741
1,009
9,751
1,792
14,910
6,550

1,252,185

225,000
461
194,868
– 
15,507
37,656

473,492

Total
£000

636,799
110,267
344,692
3,285
1,843
205
1,587,849
96,288
18,495
1,009
23,646
4,905
17,703
6,550

2,853,536

230,090
649
2,365,207
7,606
18,305
37,656

2,659,513

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
73

Total
£000

325,908
46,258
442,960
7,617
1,804
1,599,053
86,443
30,919
1,815
20,082
5,813
19,944
6,763

Due within 
one year
£000

Due after 
more than 
one year
£000

325,908
46,258
337,807
7,617
105
659,176
86,262
3,203
– 
7,037
1,458
2,757
– 

– 
– 
105,153
– 
1,699
939,877
181
27,716
1,815
13,045
4,355
17,187
6,763

1,477,588

1,117,791

2,595,379

5,421
101
1,873,326
633
13,500
63
– 

1,893,044

225,000
218
211,577
– 
– 
20,368
36,837

494,000

230,421
319
2,084,903
633
13,500
20,431
36,837

2,387,044

The table below shows the maturity analysis of assets and liabilities of the Group as at 31 December 2019:

At 31 December 2019

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Assets classified as held for sale
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments
Deferred tax asset
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Investment property

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Current tax liability
Other liabilities
Lease Liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
74

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

5. Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities (continued)

The table below shows the maturity analysis of assets and liabilities of the Company as at 31 December 2020:

At 31 December 2020

ASSETS
Loans and advances to banks
Loans and advances to banks - due from subsidiary undertakings
Debt securities at amortised cost
Financial investments
Current tax asset
Deferred tax asset
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Other assets
Interests in subsidiaries

LIABILITIES
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Due within 
one year
£000

Due after 
more than 
one year
£000

7
15,155
– 
– 
438
– 
– 
– 
102

15,702

3,559
– 

3,559

– 
– 
24,308
14,171
– 
395
4
161
– 
133,904

172,943

– 
37,656

37,656

The table below shows the maturity analysis of assets and liabilities of the Company as at 31 December 2019:

At 31 December 2019

ASSETS
Loans and advances to banks
Loans and advances to banks - due from subsidiary undertakings
Debt securities at amortised cost
Financial investments
Deferred tax asset
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Other assets
Interests in subsidiaries

LIABILITIES
Current tax liability
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Due within 
one year
£000

Due after 
more than
 one year
£000

6
15,310
– 
– 
– 
– 
25
115
– 

15,456

175
3,063
– 

3,238

– 
– 
24,239
25,913
391
5
159
– 
134,004

184,711

– 
– 
36,837

36,837

Total
£000

7
15,155
24,308
14,171
438
395
4
161
102
133,904

188,645

3,559
37,656

41,215

Total
£000

6
15,310
24,239
25,913
391
5
184
115
134,004

200,167

175
3,063
36,837

40,075

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
75

6. Financial risk management

Strategy
By their nature, the Group’s activities are principally related to the use of financial instruments. The Directors and senior management 
of the Group have formally adopted a Group Risk and Controls Policy which sets out the Board’s attitude to risk and internal controls. 
Key risks identified by the Directors are formally reviewed and assessed at least once a year by the Board, in addition to which key 
business risks are identified, evaluated and managed by operating management on an ongoing basis by means of procedures such  
as physical controls, credit and other authorisation limits and segregation of duties. The Board also receives regular reports on any  
risk matters that need to be brought to its attention. Significant risks identified in connection with the development of new activities 
are subject to consideration by the Board. There are budgeting procedures in place and reports are presented regularly to the Board 
detailing the results of each principal business unit, variances against budget and prior year, and other performance data.

The principal non-operational risks inherent in the Group’s business are credit, macroeconomic, market, liquidity and capital.

(a) Credit risk
The Company and Group take on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that a counterparty will be unable to pay amounts in full 
when due. Significant changes in the economy, or in the health of a particular industry segment that represents a concentration in the 
Company and Group’s portfolio, could result in losses that are different from those provided for at the balance sheet date. Credit risk 
is managed through the Credit Committee of the banking subsidiary.

The Committee regularly reviews the credit risk profile of the Group, with a clear focus on performance against risk appetite statements 
and risk metrics. The Committee considered credit conditions during the year, and in particular the impact of the COVID-19 crisis on 
performance against both credit risk appetite and a range of key credit risk metrics.

The Company and Group structure the levels of credit risk it undertakes by placing limits on the amount of risk accepted in relation  
to products, and one borrower or groups of borrowers. Such risks are monitored on a revolving basis and subject to an annual or more 
frequent review. The limits are approved periodically by the Board of Directors and actual exposures against limits are monitored daily.

Exposure to credit risk is managed through regular analysis of the ability of borrowers and potential borrowers to meet interest and 
capital repayment obligations and by changing these lending limits where appropriate. Exposure to credit risk is also managed in part 
by obtaining collateral, and corporate and personal guarantees.

The economic environment remains uncertain and future impairment charges may be subject to further volatility (including from 
changes to macroeconomic variable forecasts) depending on the longevity of the COVID-19 pandemic and related containment 
measures, as well as the longer term effectiveness of central bank, government and other support measures.

COVID-19 has created an unprecedented challenge for ECL modelling, given the severity of economic shock and associated 
uncertainty for the future economic path coupled with the scale of government and central bank intervention and COVID-19 relief 
mechanisms that have altered the relationships between economic drivers and default.

The Group has attempted to leverage stress test modelling insights to inform ECL model refinements to enable reasonable estimates. 
Management review of modelling approaches and outcomes continues to inform any necessary adjustments to the ECL estimates 
through the form of in-model adjustments, based on expert judgement including the use of available information. Management 
considerations included the potential severity and duration of the economic shock, including the mitigating effects of government 
support actions, as well the potential trajectory of the subsequent recovery. The Group also considered differential impacts on asset 
classes, including pronouncements from regulatory bodies regarding IFRS 9 application in the context of COVID-19, notably on 
significant increase in credit risk (SICR) identification.

The Group employs a range of policies and practices to mitigate credit risk. The most traditional of these is the taking of collateral  
to secure advances, which is common practice. The principal collateral types for loans and advances include, but are not limited to:

•  Charges over residential and commercial properties;

•  Charges over business assets such as premises, inventory and accounts receivable;

•  Charges over financial instruments such as debt securities and equities;

•  Charges over other chattels; and

•  Personal guarantees.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202076

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

Upon initial recognition of loans and advances, the fair value of collateral is based on valuation techniques commonly used for the 
corresponding assets. In order to minimise any potential credit loss the Group will seek additional collateral from the counterparty  
as soon as impairment indicators are noticed for the relevant individual loans and advances. Repossessed collateral, not readily 
convertible into cash, is made available for sale in an orderly fashion, with the proceeds used to reduce or repay the outstanding 
indebtedness, or held as inventory where the Group intends to develop and sell in the future. Where excess funds are available after  
the debt has been repaid, they are available either for other secured lenders with lower priority or are returned to the customer.

Commitments to extend credit represent unused portions of authorisations to extend credit in the form of loans, guarantees or letters 
of credit. With respect to credit risk on commitments to extend credit, the Group is potentially exposed to loss in an amount equal  
to the total unused commitments. However, the likely amount of loss is less than the total unused commitments, as most commitments 
to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards.

The Group incorporates forward-looking information into both its assessment of whether the credit risk of an instrument has increased 
significantly since its initial recognition and its measurement of ECL. The key inputs into the measurement of the ECL are:

•  assessment of significant increase in credit risk

•  future economic scenarios

•  probability of default

•  loss given default

•  exposure at default 

The IFRS 9 impairment model adopts a three stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination, see note 10.

The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk (net of impairment) before collateral held or other credit enhancements is as follows:

2020

Banking
£000

Mortgage 
Portfolios
£000

RAF
£000

ABL
£000

ASFL
£000

All Other
 Divisions
£000

Group
Credit risk exposures  
(all Stage 1, unless otherwise stated)

On-balance sheet:
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers  
(net of ECL)

Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Other assets
Financial investments

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

1,122,299
1,019,470
72,626
30,203
 – 
 – 

268,827
223,800
36,794
8,233
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

91,927
74,542
16,394
991
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

87,331
87,331
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

Total
£000

636,631
110,267
344,692
1,843

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

636,631
110,267
344,692
1,843

5,964
5,964
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
155

11,501
11,501
 – 
 – 
5,458
18,495

1,587,849
1,422,608
125,814
39,427
5,458
18,495

 – 
 – 

6,248
308,427

Off-balance sheet:
Guarantees
Loan commitments and other credit related liabilities

6,248
152,972

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
155,300

At 31 December

1,281,519

268,827

91,927

242,631

6,119

1,128,887

3,019,910

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
77

Total
£000

325,800
46,258
442,960
1,804

Group
Credit risk exposures  
(all Stage 1, unless otherwise stated)

On-balance sheet:
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers 
(net of ECL)
 Stage 1
 Stage 2
 Stage 3
Other assets
Financial investments

2019

Banking
£000

Mortgage 
Portfolios
£000

RAF
£000

ABL
£000

ASFL
£000

All Other
 Divisions
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

1,095,387
1,003,738
65,570
26,079
 – 
 – 

306,044
306,044
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

102,888
100,981
755
1,152
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

75,871
75,871
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

325,800
46,258
442,960
1,804

7,352
7,352
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
972

11,511
11,511
 – 
 – 
4,625
30,919

1,599,053
1,505,497
66,325
27,231
4,625
30,919

 – 
 – 

6,401
190,064

Off-balance sheet:
Guarantees
Loan commitments and other credit related liabilities

6,401
135,598

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
53,494

At 31 December

1,237,386

306,044

102,888

129,365

8,324

863,877

2,647,884

The Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk (all stage 1) before collateral held or other credit enhancements is as follows:

Credit risk exposures relating to on-balance sheet assets are as follows:
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Financial investments

At 31 December

2020
£000

15,162
24,308
14,171

53,641

2019
£000

15,316
24,239
25,913

65,468

The above tables represent the maximum credit risk exposure (net of impairment) to the Group and Company at 31 December 2020 
and 2019 without taking account of any collateral held or other credit enhancements attached. For financial assets, the balances  
are based on gross carrying amounts as reported in the Statement of Financial Position. For guarantees and loan commitments,  
the amounts in the table represent the amounts for which the group is contractually committed.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

The table below represents an analysis of the loan to values of the exposures secured by property for the Group:

Group

Less than 60%
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
60%-80%
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
80%-100%
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3

Greater than 100%*

Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3

Total

Banking

Mortgage Portfolios

Total

2020

Loan 
Balance
£000

691,787
649,958
27,119
14,710
370,629
308,860
44,340
17,429
8,046
8,046
 – 
 – 
16,010
16,010
 – 
 – 

Collateral
£000

1,445,062  
1,379,681  
48,259  
17,122  
567,337  
480,511  
60,221  
26,605  
9,425  
9,425  
 –   
 –   
12,530  
12,530  
 –   
 –   

Loan 
Balance
£000

Collateral
£000

Loan 
Balance
£000

130,773
108,766
18,483
3,524
96,372
82,443
10,659
3,270
28,170
24,115
3,572
483
13,694
8,546
4,172
976

315,099  
262,939  
42,591  
9,569  
122,956  
101,641  
15,783  
5,532  
34,090  
29,003  
4,313  
774  
13,849  
8,376  
4,163  
1,310  

822,560
758,724
45,602
18,234
467,001
391,303
54,999
20,699
36,216
32,161
3,572
483
29,704
24,556
4,172
976

Collateral
£000

1,760,161
1,642,620
90,850
26,691
690,293
582,152
76,004
32,137
43,515
38,428
4,313
774
26,379
20,906
4,163
1,310

1,086,472

2,034,354  

269,009

485,994  

1,355,481

2,520,348

*  In addition to property, other security is taken, including charges over Arbuthnot Latham Investment Management portfolios, other chattels and 

personal guarantees. The increase in loan to values greater than 100% is due to an increase in exposures collateralised by other assets. Additionally 
under the government scheme for BBLs, collateral is not required as the loans are 100% backed by the government. 

  Loans in the Banking segment with a loan to value of greater than 100% have additional collateral of £10.0m in the form of cash deposits and 

security over Arbuthnot Latham Investment Management Portfolios and personal guarantees of £5.0m. Non-property collateral reduces loan to  
value below 100% for all such exposures in the Banking segment.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202079

The table below represents an analysis of the loan to values of the exposures secured by property for the Group:

Group

Less than 60%
 Stage 1
 Stage 2
 Stage 3
60%–80%
 Stage 1
 Stage 2
 Stage 3
80%–100%
 Stage 1
 Stage 2
 Stage 3

Greater than 100%*

 Stage 1
 Stage 2
 Stage 3

Total

Banking

Mortgage Portfolios

Total

2019

Loan 
Balance
£000

594,528
566,348
18,653
9,527
402,705
372,559
28,488
1,658
38,508
25,541
9,862
3,105
26,400
6,383
4,775
15,242

Collateral
£000

1,312,963  
1,252,288  
38,270  
22,405  
622,889  
577,165  
43,125  
2,599  
43,105  
28,260  
11,550  
3,295  
13,252  
3,150  
2,000  
8,102  

Loan 
Balance
£000

93,454
93,454
 – 
 – 
46,333
46,333
 – 
 – 
56,967
56,967
 – 
 – 
108,276
108,276
 – 
 – 

Collateral
£000

318,010  
318,010  
 –   
 –   
67,372  
67,372  
 –   
 –   
66,421  
66,421  
 –   
 –   
69,235  
69,235  
 –   
 –   

Loan 
Balance
£000

687,982
659,802
18,653
9,527
449,038
418,892
28,488
1,658
95,475
82,508
9,862
3,105
134,676
114,659
4,775
15,242

Collateral
£000

1,630,973
1,570,298
38,270
22,405
690,261
644,537
43,125
2,599
109,526
94,681
11,550
3,295
82,487
72,385
2,000
8,102

1,062,141

1,992,209  

305,030

521,038  

1,367,171

2,513,247

*  In addition to property, other security is taken, including charges over Arbuthnot Latham Investment Management portfolios, other chattels and 

personal guarantees. The increase in loan to values greater than 100% is due to an increase in exposures collateralised by other assets. Additionally 
under the government scheme for BBLs, collateral is not required as the loans are 100% backed by the government.

The table below represents an analysis of loan commitments compared to the values of properties for the Group (all Stage 1):

Group

Less than 60%
60%-80%
80%-100%
Greater than 100%

Total

Group

Less than 60%
60%-80%
80%-100%
Greater than 100%

Total

2020

Loan  

Balance
£000

52,990
62,323
7,608
5,502

128,423

2019

Loan  

Balance
£000

83,517
11,629
1,587
958

97,691

Collateral
£000

123,660
95,602
9,180
4,758

233,200

Collateral
£000

379,255
17,953
1,623
827

399,658

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202080

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

Renegotiated loans and forbearance
The contractual terms of a loan may be modified due to factors that are not related to the current or potential credit deterioration  
of the customer (changing market conditions, customer retention, etc.). In such cases, the modified loan may be derecognised and  
the renegotiated loan recognised as a new loan at fair value.

Customers seeking COVID-19 related support, including payment holidays, who were not subject to any wider SICR triggers and who 
are assessed as having the ability in the medium-term, post-crisis to be viable and meet credit appetite metrics, were not considered  
to have been granted forbearance.

When modification results in derecognition, a new loan is recognised and allocated to Stage 1 (assuming it is not credit-impaired at 
that time).

The Group renegotiates loans to customers in financial difficulties (referred to as ‘forbearance’) to maximise collection opportunities 
and minimise the risk of default. Under the Group’s forbearance policy, loan forbearance is granted on a selective basis if the debtor  
is currently in default on its debt, or if there is a high risk of default, there is evidence that the debtor made all reasonable efforts to  
pay under the original contractual terms and the debtor is expected to be able to meet the revised terms.

The revised terms can include changing the timing of interest payments, extending the date of repayment of the loan, transferring  
a loan to interest only payments and a payment holiday. Both retail and corporate loans are subject to the forbearance policy.  
The Group Credit Committee regularly reviews reports on forbearance.

For financial assets modified as part of the Group’s forbearance policy, the estimate of PD reflects whether the modification has 
improved or restored the Group’s ability to collect interest and principal and the Group’s previous experience of similar forbearance 
action. As part of this process, the Group evaluates the borrower’s payment performance against the modified contractual terms and 
considers various behavioural indicators. Whilst the customer is under forbearance, the customer will be classified as Stage 2 and  
the Group recognise a lifetime ECL. The customer will transfer to Stage 1 and revert to a 12 month ECL when they exit forbearance.  
This is conditional upon both a period of good account conduct and the improvement to the client’s situation to the extent the credit 
risk has receded sufficiently and full repayment of the loan, without recourse to the collateral, is likely.

Forbearance is a qualitative indicator of a SICR (see notes 3.3 and 3.4).

As at 31 December 2020, loans for which forbearance measures were in place totalled 5.0% (2019: 3.1%) of total value of loans to 
customers for the Group. These are set out in the following table:

2020

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Number

Loan
Balance
£000

Number

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
19
 – 

19

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
507  
 –  

507  

4
7
3
4
10
333
2

363

Loan
Balance
£000

564  
10,496  
8,084  
519  
1,100  
45,954  
12,740  

79,457  

Number

 – 
3
 – 
 – 
 – 
2
 – 

5

Loan
Balance
£000

 –  
11,110  
 –  
 –  
 –  
1,193  
 –  

12,303  

Number

4
10
3
4
10
354
2

387

Loan
Balance
£000

564
21,606
8,084
519
1,100
47,654
12,740

92,267

Interest capitalisation
Time for asset sale
Term extension
Switch to interest only
Reduced monthly payments
Payment holiday
More than one measure

Total forbearance

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202081

Loan
Balance
£000

231
1,719
7,473
32,780
6,795

48,998

2019
£000

53,494
972
1,781
3,941
2,984
93,749
17,282
15,861

190,064

10
77,960
4,392
641
1,826
 – 
1,064
7,188
4,513
98
 – 
92,372

190,064

2019

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Number

Loan
Balance
£000

Number

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

4
1
6
18
32

61

Loan
Balance
£000

231  
1,719  
7,473  
32,780  
6,795  

48,998  

Number

Loan
Balance
£000

Number

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

4
1
6
18
32

61

Assistance with property sale
Move historic arrears to capital
Covenant waived
Term extension
Payment holiday

Total forbearance

Concentration risk
The tables below show the concentration in the loan book based on the most significant type of collateral held for each loan.

Loans and advances to customers

Loan Commitments

Concentration by product
Asset based lending*
Asset finance
Cash collateralised
Commercial lending
Investment portfolio secured
Residential mortgages
Mixed collateral*
Unsecured**

At 31 December

Concentration by location
East Anglia
London
Midlands
North East
North West
Northern Ireland
Scotland
South East
South West
Wales
Overseas
Non-property collateral

At 31 December

2020
£000

2019
£000

87,331
87,529
13,905
255,891
29,051
1,056,022
30,442
27,678

1,587,849

44,304
573,188
102,504
37,499
111,793
9,222
25,611
232,311
171,581
17,403
1,000
261,433

75,871  
103,193  
11,526  
269,590  
40,127  
1,035,395  
45,432  
17,919  

1,599,053  

39,997  
554,183  
108,635  
53,294  
111,500  
9,061  
28,197  
224,915  
169,343  
18,493  
11,150  
270,285  

1,587,849

1,599,053  

2020
£000

155,300
155
5,952
17,484
781
110,938
4,705
13,112

308,427

2,925
89,796
8,117
1,170
4,017
 – 
50
7,370
14,130
848
 – 
180,004

308,427

*  Mixed collateral is where there is no single, overall majority collateral type

** Included within unsecured are £8.4m of loans which are backed by the government guarantee scheme for BBLs.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

(b) Operational risk (unaudited)
The Group’s objective is to manage operational risk so as to balance the avoidance of financial losses and damage to the Group’s 
reputation with overall cost effectiveness and to avoid control procedures that restrict initiatives and creativity. The Group is exposed 
to operational risks from its Information Technology and Operations platforms. There are additional internal controls in these 
processes that are designed to protect the Group from these risks. The Group’s overall approach to managing internal control and 
financial reporting is described in the Corporate Governance section of the Annual Report.

During the year there was significant focus on the potential operational risks arising from the change in working practices due to  
the pandemic, particularly the move to home-working in order to protect staff and support clients through the crisis. Management 
attention also focused heavily on operational resilience to ensure that planning, controls and operational activities remained robust  
and appropriate. The Bank ensured that all staff had access to equipment to complete their work with all staff working from home  
for the majority of the year.

The Group’s control environment was continually monitored to ensure that the challenges posed by adapting to the impact of 
COVID-19 were safely addressed. There was also continued oversight of the Group’s preparations for the end of the transition period, 
following the UK’s exit from the EU, to ensure that processes and systems are appropriate to ensure continuity of service for customers.

Compliance with Group standards is supported by a programme of periodic reviews undertaken by Internal Audit. The results of the 
Internal Audit reviews are discussed with senior management, with summaries submitted to the Arbuthnot Banking Group Audit 
Committee. 

Cyber risk
Cyber risk is an increasing risk that the Group is subject to within its operational processes. This is the risk that the Group is subject to 
some form of disruption arising from an interruption to its IT and data infrastructure. The Group regularly tests the infrastructure to 
ensure that it remains robust to a range of threats, and has continuity of business plans in place including a disaster recovery provision.

Conduct risk
As a financial services provider we face conduct risk, including selling products to customers which do not meet their needs; failing to 
deal with customers’ complaints effectively; not meeting customers’ expectations; and exhibiting behaviours which do not meet market 
or regulatory standards. 

The Group adopts a zero risk appetite for any unfair customer outcomes. It maintains clear compliance guidelines and provides 
ongoing training to all staff. Periodic spot checks and internal audits are performed to ensure these guidelines are being followed.  
The Group also has insurance policies in place to provide some cover for any claims that may arise.

(c) Macroeconomic and competitive environment
COVID-19
The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and continues to have, a material impact on all businesses around the world and the markets in 
which they operate. There are a number of factors associated with the pandemic and its impact on global economies that could have  
a material adverse effect on (among other things) the profitability, capital and liquidity of financial institutions such as Arbuthnot 
Latham.

To ensure an appropriate response to the pandemic, management scrutinised key risks emerging from the crisis and their impact on  
the Group’s risk profile. The Board’s discussions focused on operational resilience, liquidity and funding considerations, customer 
vulnerability, and the impact of material increases in forbearance requests on the Group’s credit portfolios and on its operational 
capacity.

The pandemic has caused disruption to the Group’s customers, suppliers and staff globally. The markets in which the Group operates 
have implemented severe restrictions on the movement of their respective populations, with a resultant significant impact on economic 
activity. These restrictions are being determined by the governments of individual jurisdictions (including through the implementation 
of emergency powers) and impacts (including the timing of implementation and any subsequent lifting of restrictions) may vary from 
jurisdiction to jurisdiction. 

Schemes have been initiated by the Bank of England, national governments and regulators to provide financial support to parts of the 
economy most impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. These schemes have been designed and implemented at pace, which has allowed 
the Group to continue meeting clients’ requirements with staff monitoring operational issues which may arise in their implementation.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202083

Furthermore, the Group relies on models to support a broad range of business and risk management activities, including informing 
business decisions and strategies, measuring and limiting risk, valuing exposures (including the calculation of impairment), conducting 
stress testing and assessing capital adequacy. Management regularly meet to discuss the impact of COVID-19 and review data to 
mitigate any potential negative effects.

The details of how these schemes will impact the Group’s clients in the long term remains uncertain at this stage. However, certain 
actions (such as the introduction of payment holidays for certain consumer lending products or the cancellation or waiver of fees 
associated with certain products) may impact the effective interest rate earned on certain of the Group’s portfolios and fee income 
being earned on certain products. 

The significant business risks that may arise from the economic shock in addition to the reduction in interest rates as detailed in the 
Strategic Report are:

•  Increased credit risk as borrowers are unable to continue to meet their interest obligations as they fall due. It is also currently  

unclear precisely how the withdrawal of the Government’s announced package of measures will affect this clear risk.

•  The uncertainty in the economy could result in a significant fall in the collateral values of our security held against the loans. 

Valuations are likely to vary significantly due to the inherent uncertainty. However the average loan to value of the property backed 
lending book is 53.4%, so to have any material impact; this fall in collateral would have to be severe and prolonged.

•  A prolonged reduction in business activity will affect the Bank’s ability to generate new business opportunities and it is likely that 

repayments in the lending portfolio will be greater than new originations, which could lead to an overall fall in the Group’s lending 
balances and an associated fall in revenue.

•  The economic shock could lead to a fall in valuations in the Group’s investment properties and the properties held in inventory.

•  As the revenues earned by the Group’s Investment Management business are directly linked to the balances managed on behalf of 

our customers, any reduction in these values due to market movements will have a corresponding impact on these revenues.

Brexit
The Brexit transition period came to an end on 31 December 2020 and the EU and UK agreed the Trade and Cooperation Agreement 
on 24 December 2020, which is provisionally applicable from 1 January 2021. There is still some uncertainty around the long term 
consequences of Brexit. The Group’s only overseas operation in Dubai is in the process of being closed down, so the vast majority of 
the Group’s income and expenditure is based in the UK. The Group will continue to monitor the implications of Brexit on the wider 
economy as the future relationship with the EU develops.

Climate change
Climate change presents financial and reputational risks for the banking industry. The Board consider Climate change a material risk 
as per the Board approved risk appetite framework which provides a structured approach to risk taking within agreed boundaries.  
The assessment is proportional at present but will develop over time as the Group generates further resources and industry consensus 
emerges. The assessment is maintained by the Chief Risk officer and has been informed by the ICAAP review and numerous workshops 
for staff.

Whilst it is difficult to assess how climate change will unfold, the Group is continually assessing various risk exposures. The UK has  
a legally binding target to cut its greenhouse gas emissions to “net-zero” by 2050. There is growing consensus that an orderly 
transition to a low-carbon economy will bring substantial adjustments to the global economy which will have financial implications 
while bringing risks and opportunities.

The risk assessment process has been integrated into existing risk frameworks and will be governed through the various risk 
governance structures including review and recommendations by the AL Risk Committee. Arbuthnot Latham governance has been 
assessed against the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures’ (TCFD) recommended governance disclosures and where 
appropriate the FCA/PRA guidance as per the Supervisory statements.

In accordance with the requirements of the PRA’s Supervisory Statement ‘Enhancing banks’ and insurers’ approaches to managing  
the financial risks from climate change’, the Group has allocated responsibility for identifying and managing the risks from climate 
change to the relevant existing Senior Management Function. The Bank is continuously developing a suitable strategic approach  
to climate change and the unique challenges it poses. 

The FCA have issued ‘Climate Change and Green Finance: summary of responses and next steps’. In addition to the modelling of 
various scenarios and various governance reviews, Arbuthnot Latham will continue to monitor requirements through the relationship 
with UK Finance.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202084

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

(d) Market risk
Price risk
The Company and Group are exposed to price risk from equity investments and derivatives held by the Group. The Group is not 
exposed to commodity price risk. 

Based upon the financial investment exposure in Note 24, a stress test scenario of a 10% (2019: 10%) decline in market prices,  
would result in a £14k (2019: £16k) decrease in the Group’s income and a decrease of £1.8m (2019: £3.1m) in the Group’s equity.  
The Group considers a 10% stress test scenario appropriate after taking the current values and historic data into account. 

Based upon the financial investment exposure given in Note 24, a stress test scenario of a 10% (2019: 10%) decline in market prices, 
would result in a £nil (2019: £nil) decrease in the Company’s income and a decrease of £1.4m (2019: £2.6m) in the Company’s equity.

Currency risk
The Company and Group take on exposure to the effects of fluctuations in the prevailing foreign currency exchange rates on its 
financial position and cash flows. This is managed through the Group entering into forward foreign exchange contracts. The Board 
sets limits on the level of exposure for both overnight and intra-day positions, which are monitored daily. The table below summarises 
the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December 2020. Included in the table below are the Group’s assets 
and liabilities at carrying amounts, categorised by currency.

At 31 December 2020

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Net on-balance sheet position

Credit commitments

GBP (£)
£000

USD ($)
£000

636,688
46,152
234,112
1,768
1,564,148
6,490
15,921

2,505,279

230,090
581
2,163,484
2,444
24,308

2,420,907

84,372

308,427

41
26,005
110,580
6
1,611
 – 
2,436

140,679

 – 
 – 
140,786
 – 
 – 

140,786

(107)

 – 

Euro (€)
£000

64
25,415
 – 
 – 
22,192
 – 
138

47,809

 – 
 – 
50,438
(495)
13,348

63,291

(15,482)

 – 

Other
£000

6
12,695
 – 
69
(102)
(1,033)
 – 

11,635

 – 
68
10,499
 – 
 – 

10,567

1,068

 – 

Total
£000

636,799
110,267
344,692
1,843
1,587,849
5,457
18,495

2,705,402

230,090
649
2,365,207
1,949
37,656

2,635,551

69,851

308,427

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange risk at 31 December 2019:

At 31 December 2019

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Net on-balance sheet position

Credit commitments

GBP (£)
£000

USD ($)
£000

Euro (€)
£000

325,844
5,364
336,079
1,713
1,563,536
4,625
29,113

2,266,274

230,421
233
1,897,857
2,023
24,239

2,154,773

111,501

190,064

20
10,028
106,881
1
7,957
 – 
1,637

126,524

 – 
 – 
126,220
 – 
 – 

126,220

304

 – 

41
18,892
 – 
3
27,574
 – 
169

46,679

 – 
2
49,049
 – 
12,598

61,649

(14,970)

 – 

Other
£000

3
11,974
 – 
87
(14)
 – 
 – 

12,050

 – 
84
11,777
 – 
 – 

11,861

189

 – 

85

Total
£000

325,908
46,258
442,960
1,804
1,599,053
4,625
30,919

2,451,527

230,421
319
2,084,903
2,023
36,837

2,354,503

97,024

190,064

Derivative financial instruments (see note 20) are in place to mitigate foreign currency risk on net exposures for each currency.  
A 10% strengthening of the pound against the US dollar would lead to a £11k increase (2019: £30k decrease) in Group profits  
and equity, while a 10% weakening of the pound against the US dollar would lead to the same decrease in Group profits and equity. 
Additionally the Group holds £3.3m of properties classified as assets held for sale (2019: £7.6m) and £12.3m classified as inventory 
(2019: £7.6m). These properties are located in the EU and relate to Euro denominated loans where the properties were repossessed  
and are either being held for sale or being developed with a view to sell. Including these Euro assets, the net Euro exposure is positive 
£125k (2019: £431k).

Due to the global nature of the pandemic, the Group’s risk management strategy has not substantially changed due to COVID-19.

The table below summarises the Company’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December 2020:

At 31 December 2020

ASSETS
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Net on-balance sheet position

GBP (£)
£000

1,565
24,308
14,171

40,044

3,132
24,308

27,440

12,604

Euro (€)
£000

13,597
 – 
 – 

13,597

 – 
13,348

13,348

249

Total
£000

15,162
24,308
14,171

53,641

3,132
37,656

40,788

12,853

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

The table below summarises the Company’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December 2019:

At 31 December 2019

ASSETS
Loans and advances to banks
Financial investments
Other assets

LIABILITIES
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Net on-balance sheet position

GBP (£)
£000

2,414
24,239
25,913

52,566

1,113
24,239

25,352

27,214

Euro (€)
£000

12,902
 – 
 – 

12,902

 – 
12,598

12,598

304

Total
£000

15,316
24,239
25,913

65,468

1,113
36,837

37,950

27,518

A 10% strengthening of the pound against the Euro would lead to £31k (2019: £11k) decrease in the Company profits and equity, 
conversely a 10% weakening of the pound against the Euro would lead to a £37k (2019: £13k) increase in the Company profits  
and equity. 

Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the potential adverse impact on the Company and Group’s future cash flows from changes in interest rates, and 
arises from the differing interest rate risk characteristics of the Company and Group’s assets and liabilities. In particular, fixed rate 
savings and borrowing products expose the Group to the risk that a change in interest rates could cause either a reduction in interest 
income or an increase in interest expense relative to variable rate interest flows. The Group seeks to “match” interest rate risk on either 
side of the Statement of Financial Position. However, this is not a perfect match and interest rate risk is present in: Money market 
transactions of a fixed rate nature, fixed rate loans, fixed rate savings accounts and floating rate products dependent on when they 
re-price at a future date. 

Interest rate risk is measured throughout the maturity bandings of the book on a parallel shift scenario for a 200 basis points 
movement. Interest rate risk is managed to limit value at risk to be less than £0.5m capped at negative 0.1%. The current position  
of the balance sheet is such that it results in a favourable impact on the economic value of equity of £2.4m (2019: £3.1m) for a positive 
200bps shift and an adverse impact of £0.1m (2019: £1.2m) for a negative 200bps movement capped at negative 0.1%. The Company 
has no fixed rate exposures, but an upward change of 50bps on variable rates would increase pre-tax profits and equity by £8k (2019: 
increase pre-tax profits and equity by £13k), while a downward change of 50bps (capped at 10bps) would increase pre-tax profits and 
equity by £1k.

The following tables summarise the re-pricing periods for the assets and liabilities in the Company and Group, including derivative 
financial instruments which are principally used to reduce exposure to interest rate risk. Items are allocated to time bands by reference 
to the earlier of the next contractual interest rate re-price and the maturity date.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
87

More than 
3 months 
but less than 
6 months
£000

More than 
6 months 
but less than 
1 year
£000

More than 
1 year 
but less than 
5 years
£000

Within 
3 months
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

Non interest
bearing
£000

Total
£000

636,799
109,936
269,014
202
1,343,863
 – 
 – 

2,359,814

230,090
649
1,531,104
 – 
37,656
 – 

 – 
331
41,957
 – 
17,463
 – 
 – 

59,751

 – 
 – 
182,703
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
15,677
 – 
19,946
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
18,044
1,641
193,122
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
13,455
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
160,077
18,495

636,799
110,267
344,692
1,843
1,587,849
160,077
18,495

35,623

212,807

13,455

178,572

2,860,022

 – 
 – 
249,828
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
401,562
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
10
 – 
 – 
 – 

10

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
34,215
 – 
192,205

230,090
649
2,365,207
34,215
37,656
192,205

226,420

2,860,022

 – 

Group
As at 31 December 2020

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets*
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities**
Debt securities in issue
Equity

Impact of derivative instruments

25,292

 – 

 – 

(25,292)

1,799,499

182,703

249,828

401,562

Interest rate sensitivity gap

585,607

(122,952)

(214,205)

(214,047)

13,445

(47,848)

Cumulative gap

585,607

462,655

248,450

34,403

47,848

 – 

*  Other assets include all remaining assets in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.
** Other liabilities include all remaining liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

Group
As at 31 December 2019

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities held-to-maturity
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue
Equity

More than 
3 months 
but less than 
6 months
£000

More than 
6 months 
but less than 
1 year
£000

More than 
1 year 
but less than 
5 years
£000

Within 
3 months
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

Non interest
bearing
£000

Total
£000

325,908
45,836
287,608
105
1,351,549
 – 
 – 

 – 
188
151,555
 – 
11,101
 – 
 – 

 – 
234
3,797
 – 
25,963
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
1,699
209,811
 – 
 – 

2,011,006

162,844

29,994

211,510

230,421
319
1,403,728
 – 
36,837
 – 

 – 
 – 
233,716
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
211,956
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
235,503
 – 
 – 
 – 

1,671,305

233,716

211,956

235,503

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
629
 – 
 – 

629

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
148,477
30,919

325,908
46,258
442,960
1,804
1,599,053
148,477
30,919

179,396

2,595,379

 – 
 – 
 – 
34,564
 – 
208,335

230,421
319
2,084,903
34,564
36,837
208,335

242,899

2,595,379

 – 

Impact of derivative instruments

25,531

 – 

 – 

(25,531)

Interest rate sensitivity gap

365,232

(70,872)

(181,962)

(49,524)

629

(63,503)

Cumulative gap

365,232

294,360

112,398

62,874

63,503

–

*   Other assets include all remaining assets in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.
** Other liabilities include all remaining liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
89

Total
£000

24,308
15,162
135,005
14,171

More than 
3 months 
but less than 
6 months
£000

More than 
6 months 
but less than 
1 year
£000

More than 
1 year 
but less than 
5 years
£000

Within 
3 months
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

Non interest
bearing
£000

24,308
15,113
 – 
 – 

39,421

 – 
37,656
 – 

37,656

1,765

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
49
135,005
14,171

149,225

188,646

3,559
 – 
147,431

3,559
37,656
147,431

150,990

188,646

(1,765)

Company
As at 31 December 2020

ASSETS
Debt securities at amortised cost
Loans and advances to banks
Other assets*
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Other liabilities**
Debt securities in issue
Equity

Interest rate sensitivity gap

Cumulative gap

1,765

1,765

1,765

1,765

1,765

 – 

*   Other assets include all remaining assets in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.
** Other liabilities include all remaining liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.

Company
As at 31 December 2019

ASSETS
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to banks
Other assets*
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Other liabilities**
Debt securities in issue
Equity

Interest rate sensitivity gap

More than 
3 months 
but less than 
6 months
£000

More than 
6 months 
but less than 
1 year
£000

More than 
1 year 
but less than 
5 years
£000

Within 
3 months
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

Non interest
bearing
£000

24,239
15,296
 – 
 – 

39,535

 – 
36,837
 – 

36,837

2,698

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

Total
£000

24,239
15,316
134,699
25,913

 – 
20
134,699
25,913

160,632

200,167

3,238
 – 
160,092

3,238
36,837
160,092

163,330

200,167

(2,698)

Cumulative gap

2,698

2,698

2,698

2,698

2,698

 – 

*  Other assets include all remaining assets in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.
** Other liabilities include all remaining liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

(e) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group, although solvent, either does not have sufficient financial resources to enable it to meet  
its obligations as they fall due, or can only secure such resources at excessive cost.

The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its 
liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the 
Group’s reputation. The liquidity requirements of the Group are met through withdrawing funds from its Bank of England Reserve 
Account to cover any short-term fluctuations and longer term funding to address any structural liquidity requirements. 

The Group has formal governance structures in place to manage and mitigate liquidity risk on a day to day basis. The Board of AL sets 
and approves the liquidity risk management strategy. The Assets and Liabilities Committee (“ALCO”), comprising senior executives  
of the Group, monitors liquidity risk. Key liquidity risk management information is reported by the finance teams and monitored by 
the Chief Executive Officer, Finance Director and Deputy CEO on a daily basis. The ALCO meets monthly to review liquidity risk 
against set thresholds and risk indicators including early warning indicators, liquidity risk tolerance levels and Internal Liquidity 
Adequacy Assessment Process (“ILAAP”) metrics.

The PRA requires the Board to ensure that the Group has adequate levels of liquidity resources and a prudent funding profile, and that 
it comprehensively manages and controls liquidity and funding risks. The Group maintains deposits placed at the Bank of England and 
highly liquid unencumbered assets that can be called upon to create sufficient liquidity to meet liabilities on demand, particularly in  
a period of liquidity stress. 

Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited (“AL”) has a Board approved ILAAP, and maintains liquidity buffers in excess of the minimum 
requirements. The ILAAP is embedded in the risk management framework of the Group and is subject to ongoing updates and 
revisions when necessary. At a minimum, the ILAAP is updated annually. The Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) regime has applied  
to the Group from 1 October 2015, requiring management of net 30 day cash outflows as a proportion of high quality liquid assets. 
The LCR has exceeded the regulatory minimum of 100% throughout the year. Following the steps taken by the Group to respond  
to possible future liquidity constraints arising from the COVID-19 pandemic, there has been an increase in deposits of 13%, which  
has accordingly improved the Bank’s liquidity.

The Group is exposed to daily calls on its available cash resources from current accounts, maturing deposits and loan draw-downs. 
The Group maintains significant cash resources to meet all of these needs as they fall due. The matching and controlled mismatching  
of the maturities and interest rates of assets and liabilities is fundamental to the management of the Group. It is unusual for banks to 
be completely matched, as transacted business is often of uncertain term and of different types. 

The maturities of assets and liabilities and the ability to replace, at an acceptable cost, interest bearing liabilities as they mature are 
important factors in assessing the liquidity of the Group and its exposure to changes in interest rates.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202091

The tables below show the undiscounted contractual cash flows of the Group’s financial liabilities and assets as at 31 December 2020:

At 31 December 2020

Financial liability by type
Non-derivative liabilities
Deposits from banks
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue
Issued financial guarantee contracts
Unrecognised loan commitments

Derivative liabilities
Risk management:
– Outflows

At 31 December 2020

Financial asset by type
Non-derivative assets
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments

Derivative assets
Risk management:
– Inflows

Carrying 
amount
£000

230,090
2,365,207
1,949
37,656
 – 
 – 

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

Not 
more than
 3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

(230,090)
(2,414,329)
(1,949)
(62,222)
(6,248)
(308,427)

(230,090)
(1,547,262)
(3,268)
(629)
(6,248)
(308,427)

 – 
(560,425)
 – 
(1,816)
 – 
 – 

 – 
(306,642)
 – 
(11,601)
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
1,319
(48,176)
 – 
 – 

2,634,902

(3,023,265)

(2,095,923)

(562,241)

(318,243)

(46,857)

649
 – 

649

Carrying 
amount
£000

636,799
110,267
344,692
1,587,849
5,457
18,495

(649)

(649)

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

636,799
110,268
349,718
1,783,559
5,457
18,495

(649)

(649)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Not 
more than
 3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

636,799
109,937
104,854
306,330
5,457
4,324

 – 
331
96,830
178,534
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
148,034
1,195,396
 – 
14,171

 – 
 – 
–
103,299
 – 
 – 

2,703,559

2,904,296

1,167,701

275,695

1,357,601

103,299

1,843
 – 

1,843

1,843

1,843

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

1,843

1,843

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

The tables below show the undiscounted contractual cash flows of the Group’s financial liabilities and assets as at 31 December 2019:

At 31 December 2019

Financial liability by type
Non-derivative liabilities
Deposits from banks
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue
Issued financial guarantee contracts
Unrecognised loan commitments

Derivative liabilities
Risk management:
– Outflows

At 31 December 2019

Financial asset by type
Non-derivative assets
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities held-to-maturity
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments

Derivative assets
Risk management:
– Inflows

Carrying 
amount
£000

230,421
2,084,903
2,023
36,837
 – 
 – 

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

Not 
more than
 3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

(230,421)
(2,105,676)
(2,023)
(63,292)
(6,401)
(190,064)

(230,421)
(1,243,332)
(2,023)
(626)
(6,401)
(190,064)

 – 
(550,128)
 – 
(1,893)
 – 
 – 

 – 
(312,216)
 – 
(12,325)
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
(48,448)
 – 
 – 

2,354,184

(2,597,877)

(1,672,867)

(552,021)

(324,541)

(48,448)

319
 – 

319

Carrying 
amount
£000

(319)

(319)

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

(319)

(319)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Not 
more than
3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

325,908
46,258
442,960
1,599,053
4,624
30,919

325,908
46,270
447,424
1,764,491
4,624
30,919

325,908
45,844
141,897
337,215
4,624
5,007

 – 
426
197,811
168,224
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
107,716
1,117,246
 – 
25,912

 – 
 – 
 – 
141,807
 – 
 – 

2,449,722

2,619,637

860,495

366,461

1,250,874

141,807

1,804
 – 

1,804

1,804

1,804

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

1,804

1,804

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
93

The table below sets out the components of the Group’s liquidity reserves:

Liquidity reserves

Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost

 31 December 2020

 31 December 2019

Amount
£000

636,799
110,267
344,692

Fair value
£000

636,799
110,267
346,660

1,091,758

1,093,726

Amount
£000

325,908
46,258
442,960

815,126

Fair value
£000

325,908
46,258
442,926

815,092

Assets pledged as collateral or encumbered
The total financial assets recognised in the statement of financial position that had been pledged as collateral for liabilities at  
31 December 2020 were £288m (2019: £259m). Assets are encumbered due to the Term Funding Scheme (note 30).

Financial assets can be pledged as collateral as part of repurchases transactions under terms that are usual and customary for  
such activities. 

The table below analyses the contractual cash flows of the Company’s financial liabilities and assets as at 31 December 2020:

At 31 December 2020

Financial liability by type
Non-derivative liabilities
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

At 31 December 2020

Financial asset by type
Non-derivative assets
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Financial investments

Carrying 
amount
£000

3,132
37,656

40,788

Carrying 
amount
£000

15,162
24,308
14,171

53,641

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

Not 
more than
 3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

(3,132)
(62,222)

(65,354)

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

15,162
43,860
14,171

73,193

(1,542)
(629)

(2,171)

 – 
(1,816)

(1,816)

 – 
(11,601)

(11,601)

(1,590)
(48,176)

(49,766)

Not 
more than
 3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

15,162
545
 – 

15,707

 – 
1,566
 – 

1,566

 – 
10,264
14,171

24,435

 – 
31,485
 – 

31,485

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
94

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

The table below analyses the contractual cash flows of the Company’s financial liabilities and assets as at 31 December 2019:

At 31 December 2019

Financial liability by type
Non-derivative liabilities
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

At 31 December 2019

Financial asset by type
Non-derivative assets
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Financial investments

Carrying 
amount
£000

1,113
36,837

37,950

Carrying 
amount
£000

15,316
24,239
25,913

65,468

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

Not 
more than
 3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

(1,113)
(63,292)

(64,405)

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

15,316
45,068
25,913

86,297

477
(626)

(149)

 – 
(1,893)

(1,893)

 – 
(12,325)

(12,325)

(1,590)
(48,448)

(50,038)

Not 
more than
 3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

15,316
544
 – 

15,860

 – 
1,644
 – 

1,644

 – 
11,001
25,913

36,914

 – 
31,879
 – 

31,879

The maturities of assets and liabilities and the ability to replace, at an acceptable cost, interest-bearing liabilities as they mature are 
important factors in assessing the liquidity of the Group and its exposure to changes in interest rates and exchange rates.

Fiduciary activities
The Group provides investment management and advisory services to third parties, which involve the Group making allocation and 
purchase and sale decisions in relation to a wide range of financial instruments. Those assets that are held in a fiduciary capacity are 
not included in these financial statements. These services give rise to the risk that the Group may be accused of maladministration or 
underperformance. At the balance sheet date, the Group had investment management accounts amounting to approximately £1,147m 
(2019: £1,107m). Additionally, the Group provides investment advisory services.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
95

(f) Financial assets and liabilities
The tables below set out the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities into their respective classifications:

At 31 December 2020

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

At 31 December 2019

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

FVPL
£000

FVOCI
£000

Amortised 
cost
£000

636,799 
110,267 
344,692 
 – 
1,587,849 
5,457 
 – 

Total 
carrying
amount
£000

636,799 
110,267 
344,692 
1,843 
1,587,849 
5,457 
18,495 

Fair 
value
£000

636,799 
110,267 
346,660 
1,843 
1,552,622 
5,457 
18,495 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
18,330 

18,330 

2,685,064 

2,705,402 

2,672,143 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

230,090 
 – 
2,365,207 
1,949 
37,656 

230,090 
649 
2,365,207 
1,949 
37,656 

230,090 
649 
2,365,207 
1,949 
37,656 

2,634,902 

2,635,551 

2,635,551 

Amortised 
cost
£000

325,908 
46,258 
442,960 
 – 
1,599,053 
4,625 
 – 

Total 
carrying
amount
£000

325,908 
46,258 
442,960 
1,804 
1,599,053 
4,625 
30,919 

Fair 
value
£000

325,908 
46,258 
442,926 
1,804 
1,566,715 
4,625 
30,919 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
30,754 

30,754 

2,418,804 

2,451,527 

2,419,155 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

230,421
 – 
2,084,903
2,023 
36,837

230,421 
319 
2,084,903 
2,023 
36,837 

230,421 
319 
2,084,903 
2,023 
36,837 

2,354,184 

2,354,503 

2,354,503 

 – 
 – 
 – 
1,843 
 – 
 – 
165 

2,008 

 – 
649 
 – 
 – 
 – 

649 

 – 
 – 
 – 
1,804 
 – 
 – 
165 

1,969 

 – 
319 
 – 
 – 
 – 

319 

FVPL
£000

FVOCI
£000

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
96

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

Valuation of financial instruments
The Group measures the fair value of an instrument using quoted prices in an active market for that instrument. A market is regarded 
as active if quoted prices are readily and regularly available and represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions. If a 
market for a financial instrument is not active, the Group establishes fair value using a valuation technique. These include the use of 
recent arm’s length transactions, reference to other instruments that are substantially the same for which market observable prices 
exist, net present value and discounted cash flow analysis. The objective of valuation techniques is to determine the fair value of the 
financial instrument at the reporting date as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly 
transaction between market participants. In the event that fair values of assets and liabilities cannot be reliably measured, they are 
carried at cost.

The Group measures fair value using the following fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in making 
measurements:

•  Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

•  Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly  

(i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices). This category includes instruments valued using: quoted market prices in active 
markets for similar instruments; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are considered less than active;  
or other valuation techniques in which all significant inputs are directly or indirectly observable from market data.

•  Level 3: Inputs that are unobservable. This category includes all instruments for which the valuation technique includes inputs not 

based on observable data and the unobservable inputs have a significant effect on the instrument’s valuation. This category includes 
instruments that are valued based on quoted prices for similar instruments for which significant unobservable adjustments or 
assumptions are required to reflect differences between the instruments.

The consideration of factors such as the magnitude and frequency of trading activity, the availability of prices and the size of bid/offer 
spreads assists in the judgement as to whether a market is active. If, in the opinion of management, a significant proportion of the 
instrument’s carrying amount is driven by unobservable inputs, the instrument in its entirety is classified as valued using significant 
unobservable inputs. ‘Unobservable’ in this context means that there is little or no current market data available from which to 
determine the level at which an arm’s length transaction would be likely to occur. It generally does not mean that there is no market 
data available at all upon which to base a determination of fair value (consensus pricing data may, for example, be used). 

The tables below analyse assets and liabilities measured at fair value by the level in the fair value hierarchy into which the 
measurement is categorised:

At 31 December 2020

ASSETS
Derivative financial instruments
Financial investments
Investment property

LIABILITIES
Derivative financial instruments

Level 1
£000

 – 
15,925 
 – 

15,925 

 – 

 – 

Level 2
£000

1,843 
 – 
 – 

1,843 

649 

649 

Level 3
£000

 – 
2,570 
6,550 

9,120 

 – 

 – 

Total
£000

1,843 
18,495 
6,550 

26,888 

649 

649 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2019

ASSETS
Derivative financial instruments
Financial investments
Investment property

LIABILITIES
Derivative financial instruments

Level 1
£000

 – 
29,117 
 – 

29,117 

 – 

 – 

Level 2
£000

1,804 
 – 
 – 

1,804 

319 

319 

Level 3
£000

 – 
1,802 
6,763 

8,565 

 – 

 – 

There were no transfers between level 1 and level 2 during the year.

The following table reconciles the movement in level 3 financial instruments measured at fair value during the year:

Movement in level 3

At 1 January
Consideration received
Transfer to inventory
Movements recognised in Other Comprehensive Income
Movements recognised in the Income Statement

At 31 December

2020
£000

8,565 
419 
 – 
366 
(19)

9,331 

97

Total
£000

1,804 
30,919 
6,763 

39,486 

319 

319 

2019
£000

68,209 
3,083 
(63,219)
502 
(10)

8,565 

Secure Trust Bank investment
The Group currently holds equity shares in Secure Trust Bank plc, valued at £15.9m (2019: £29.1m). The shares are recognised at  
fair value using quoted prices on the London Stock Exchange.

Visa Inc. investment
Arbuthnot Latham currently holds preference shares in Visa Inc., valued at £1.6m (2019: £1.2m) as at 31 December 2020. These shares 
have been valued at their future conversion value into Visa Inc. common stock. 

During the year, as part of the fourth anniversary of the closing of the Visa Europe transaction, an assessment was performed of the 
ongoing risk of liability to Visa. As part of the adjustment, Visa awarded the Group 59 preference shares with a carrying value of £920k. 
These can be automatically converted into freely tradeable Class A common stock.

There is a haircut of 31% on the original shares comprising 25% due to a contingent liability disclosed in Visa Europe’s accounts in 
relation to litigation and 6% based on a liquidity discount.

Investment in overseas property company
Arbuthnot Latham currently holds a debt and equity investment classified as FVPL in a property company which owns an office 
building through its 100% owned subsidiary. During 2018 the subsidiary company was sold. Under the terms of the sale agreement  
the buyer agreed to purchase 100% of the share capital and reimburse all outstanding loans. The proceeds of the sale have been 
distributed to the investors, except for the amount withheld for the general and specific warranties (which will be released in three 
instalments at 18 month intervals) included as a condition of the sale agreement. A loss of £14k (2019: £8k) has been recognised  
in profit or loss during the year. The investment has been valued at £138k (2019: £156k) based on the discounted consideration 
outstanding less 11% haircut for the warranties. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
98

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

Hetz Ventures, L.P.
Arbuthnot Latham currently holds an equity investment in Hetz Ventures, L.P. which was launched in January 2018. The primary 
objective was to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns for its Partners, principally through long-term capital appreciation, by 
making, holding and disposing of equity and equity-related investments in early stage revenue generating Israeli technology companies, 
primarily in cyber, fin-tech and the disruptive software sectors. The company has committed to a capital contribution of USD $1.0m  
of the total closing fund capital of USD$55.0m. At 31 December 2020 the company had made capital contributions into the Fund  
of $933k (2019: $394k). 

The investment is classified as FVOCI and is valued at fair value by Hetz Ventures, L.P. at £0.8m (2019: £0.5m). As at year end the fair 
value is deemed to be the Group’s share of the fund based on what a third party would pay for the underlying investments.

During the year a second fund was opened, Hetz II, which the Group remains subscribed to.

The tables below show the fair value of financial instruments carried at cost by the level in the fair value hierarchy:

Group
At 31 December 2020

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Group
At 31 December 2019

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Level 1
£000

Level 2
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

636,799 
110,267 
344,692 
1,300,824 
 – 

2,392,582 

230,090 
2,365,207 
 – 
 – 

2,595,297 

Level 1
£000

Level 2
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

325,908 
46,258 
442,960 
1,296,427 
 – 

2,111,553 

230,421 
2,084,903 
 – 
 – 

2,315,324 

Level 3
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
287,025 
5,457 

292,482 

 – 
 – 
1,949 
37,656 

39,605 

Level 3
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
302,626 
4,625 

307,251 

 – 
 – 
2,023 
36,837 

38,860 

Total
£000

636,799 
110,267 
344,692 
1,587,849 
5,457 

2,685,064 

230,090 
2,365,207 
1,949 
37,656 

2,634,902 

Total
£000

325,908 
46,258 
442,960 
1,599,053 
4,625 

2,418,804 

230,421 
2,084,903 
2,023 
36,837 

2,354,184 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
99

Total
£000

15,162 
24,308 

39,470 

3,132 
37,656 

40,788 

Total
£000

15,316 
24,239 

39,555 

1,113 
36,837 

37,950 

Level 1
£000

Level 2
£000

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

7 
 – 

7 

 – 
 – 

 – 

Level 1
£000

Level 2
£000

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

6 
 – 

6 

 – 
 – 

 – 

Level 3
£000

15,155 
24,308 

39,463 

3,132 
37,656 

40,788 

Level 3
£000

15,310 
24,239 

39,549 

1,113 
36,837 

37,950 

Company
At 31 December 2020

ASSETS
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities held-to-maturity

LIABILITIES
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Company
At 31 December 2019

ASSETS
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities held-to-maturity

LIABILITIES
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

7. Capital management (unaudited)

The Group’s capital management policy is focused on optimising shareholder value. There is a clear focus on delivering organic growth 
and ensuring capital resources are sufficient to support planned levels of growth. The Board regularly reviews the capital position. 

The Group and the individual banking operation, are authorised by the Prudential Regulation Authority (“PRA”) and regulated  
by the Financial Conduct Authority and the Prudential Regulation Authority and are subject to EU Capital Requirement Regulation 
(EU No.575/2013) (“CRR”) which forms part of the retained EU legislation (EU legislation which applied in the UK before 11.00 p.m. 
on 31 December 2020 has been retained in UK law as a form of domestic legislation known as ‘retained EU legislation’) and the PRA 
Rulebook for CRR firms. One of the requirements for the Group and the individual banking operation is that capital resources must 
be in excess of capital requirements at all times. 

In accordance with the parameters set out in the PRA Rulebook, the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (“ICAAP”)  
is embedded in the risk management framework of the Group. The ICAAP identifies and assesses the risks to the Group, considers  
how these risks can be mitigated and demonstrates that the Group has sufficient resources, after mitigating actions, to withstand all 
reasonable scenarios. 

Not all material risks can be mitigated by capital, but where capital is appropriate the Board has adopted a “Pillar 1 plus” approach  
to determine the level of capital the Group needs to hold. This method takes the Pillar 1 capital requirement for credit, market and 
operational risk as a starting point, and then considers whether each of the calculations delivers a sufficient amount of capital to cover 
risks to which the Group is, or could be, exposed. Where the Board considers that the Pillar 1 calculations do not adequately cover the 
risks, an additional Pillar 2A capital requirement is applied. The PRA will set a Pillar 2A capital requirement in light of the calculations 
included within the ICAAP. The Group’s Total Capital Requirement, as issued by the PRA, is the sum of the minimum capital 
requirements under the CRR (Pillar 1) and the Pillar 2A requirement. The current TCR of the Group is 8.71%.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

7. Capital management (unaudited) (continued)

The Group’s regulatory capital is divided into two tiers:

•  Common equity Tier 1 which comprises shareholder funds less regulatory deductions for intangible assets, including goodwill, 

deferred tax assets that do not arise from temporary differences, and, if in excess of the CRR thresholds, a portion of the Group’s 
non-significant investment in a financial institution, Secure Trust Bank (“STB”).

•  Tier 2 comprises qualifying subordinated loans.

The following table shows the regulatory capital resources as managed by the Group:

CET1 Capital 
Share capital
Capital redemption reserve
Treasury shares
Retained earnings*
IFRS 9 - Transitional add back
Fair value reserve
Deduction for goodwill
Deduction for other intangibles
Deduction for deferred tax asset that do not arise from temporary differences
Deduction for non-significant investment
Deduction for Prudent valuation

CET1 capital resources

Tier 2 Capital
Debt securities in issue

Total Tier 2 capital resources

2020
£000

2019
£000

154 
19 
(1,299)
207,839 
1,956 
(12,690)
(5,202)
(8,745)
(1,425)
– 
(21)

180,586 

37,656 

37,656 

154 
19 
(1,214)
209,171 
1,109 
205 
(5,202)
(14,880)
(1,502)
(10,183)
(33)

177,644 

36,837 

36,837 

Own Funds (sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2)

218,242 

214,481 

CET1 Capital Ratio (CET1 Capital/Total Risk Exposure)*

Total Capital Ratio (Own Funds/Total Risk Exposure)*

*  Includes current year audited profit.

15.4%

18.7%

14.4%

17.3%

The ICAAP includes a summary of the capital required to mitigate the identified risks in the Group’s regulated entities and the amount 
of capital that the Group has available. The PRA sets a Pillar 2A capital requirement in light of the calculations included within the 
ICAAP. The Group’s Total Capital Requirement, as issued by the PRA, is the sum of the minimum capital requirements under the CRR 
(Pillar 1) and the Pillar 2A requirement. 

Capital ratios are reviewed on a monthly basis to ensure that external requirements are adhered to. During the period all regulated 
entities have complied with all of the externally imposed capital requirements to which they are subject.

Pillar 3 complements the minimum capital requirements (Pillar 1) and the supervisory review process (Pillar 2). Its aim is to encourage 
market discipline by developing a set of disclosure requirements which will allow market participants to assess key pieces of 
information on a firm’s capital, risk exposures and risk assessment processes. Our Pillar 3 disclosures for the year ended 31 December 
2020 are published as a separate document on the Group website under Investor Relations (Announcements & Shareholder Info).

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
101

8. Net interest income

Interest income and expense are recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income for all instruments measured at amortised cost 
using the effective interest rate (“EIR”) method.

The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the 
financial instrument to:

•  the gross carrying amount of the financial asset; or

•  the amortised cost of the financial liability.

The ‘gross carrying amount of a financial asset’ is the amortised cost of a financial asset before adjusting for any expected credit loss 
allowance. When calculating the effective interest rate, the Group takes into account all contractual terms of the financial instrument 
but does not consider expected credit losses. 

The calculation includes all fees paid or received between parties to the contract that are an integral part of the effective interest rate, 
transaction costs and all other premiums or discounts. The carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability is adjusted if the 
Group revises its estimates of payments or receipts. The adjusted carrying amount is calculated based on the original effective interest 
rate and the change in carrying amount is recorded as interest income or expense.

For financial assets that have become credit impaired following initial recognition, interest income is calculated by applying the 
effective interest rate to the amortised cost of the financial asset. If the asset is no longer credit impaired, then the calculation of interest 
income reverts to the gross basis.

The Group monitors the actual cash flows for each acquired book and where they diverge significantly from expectation, the future 
cash flows are reset. Expectation may diverge due to factors such as one-off payments or expected credit losses. In assessing whether  
to adjust future cash flows on an acquired portfolio, the Group considers the cash variance on an absolute and percentage basis.  
The Group also considers the total variance across all acquired portfolios. Where cash flows for an acquired portfolio are reset,  
they are discounted at the EIR to derive a new carrying value, with changes taken to the Statement of Comprehensive Income as 
interest income. The EIR rate is adjusted for events where there is a change to the reference interest rate (e.g. Bank of England base 
rate) affecting portfolios with a variable interest rate which will impact future cash flows. The revised EIR is the rate which exactly 
discounts the revised cash flows to the net carrying value of the loan portfolio.

Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost*
Loans and advances to customers

Deposits from banks
Deposits from customers
Debt securities in issue
Interest on lease assets

Interest expense

Net interest income

2020
£000

807 
(143)
2,942 
71,476 

75,082 

(513)
(12,856)
(2,775)
(880)

(17,024)

2019
£000

3,112 
418 
5,265 
68,075 

76,870 

(1,687)
(13,516)
(2,054)
(976)

(18,233)

58,058 

58,637 

*  Decrease is due to the fluctuation of interest rates which has led to an increased cost on variable leg of interest rate swap, which is reported  

in interest income.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020102

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

9. Fee and commission income

Fee and commission income which is integral to the EIR of a financial asset are included in the effective interest rate (see note 8).

All other fee and commission income is recognised as the related services are performed, under IFRS 15, revenues from Contracts with 
Customers. Fee and commission income is reported in the below segments.

Types of fee

Description

Banking commissions

–  Banking Tariffs are charged monthly for services provided.

Investment management fees 

–  Annual asset management fees relate to a single performance obligation that is continuously 

provided over an extended period of time.

Wealth planning fees 

–  Provision of bespoke, independent Wealth Planning solutions to Arbuthnot Latham’s clients. Fees  

Foreign exchange fees

–  Provides foreign currencies for our clients to purchase/sell.

are recognised as the service is performed.

The principles in applying IFRS 15 to fee and commission use the following 5 step model:

•  identify the contract(s) with a customer;

•  identify the performance obligations in the contract;

•  determine the transaction price;

•  allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

•  recognise revenue when or as the Group satisfies its performance obligations.

Asset and other management, advisory and service fees are recognised, under IFRS 15, as the related services are performed. The same 
principle is applied for wealth planning services that are continuously provided over an extended period of time. 

The Group includes the transaction price of variable consideration only when it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the 
amount recognised will not occur or when the variable element becomes certain.

Fee and commission income is disaggregated below and includes a total for fees in scope of IFRS 15: 

Group
At 31 December 2020

Banking commissions
Foreign exchange fees
Investment management fees
Wealth planning fees

Private 
Banking
£000

Commercial 
Banking
£000

729 
508 
8,862 
355 

871 
295 
 – 
 – 

Total fee and commission income

10,454 

1,166 

Group
At 31 December 2019

Banking commissions
Foreign exchange fees
Investment management fees
Wealth planning fees

Private 
Banking
£000

Commercial 
Banking
£000

716 
494 
8,474 
1,043 

820 
342 
 – 
 – 

Total fee and commission income

10,727 

1,162 

RAF
£000

131 
 – 
 – 
 – 

131 

RAF
£000

219 
 – 
 – 
 – 

219 

ABL
£000

2,443 
 – 
 – 
 – 

2,443 

ABL
£000

1,380 
 – 
 – 
 – 

1,380 

ASFL
£000

All other 
divisions
£000

4 
 – 
 – 
 – 

4 

5 
526 
 – 
6 

537 

ASFL
£000

All other 
divisions
£000

1 

 – 
 – 
 – 

1 

 – 

444 
 – 
2 

446 

Total
£000

4,183 
1,329 
8,862 
361 

14,735 

Total
£000

3,136 
1,280 
8,474 
1,045 

13,935 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020103

10. Net impairment loss on financial assets

(a) Assets carried at amortised cost
The Group recognises loss allowances on an expected credit loss basis for all financial assets measured at amortised cost, including 
loans and advances, debt securities and loan commitments.

Credit loss allowances are measured as an amount equal to lifetime ECL, except for the following assets, for which they are measured 
as 12 month ECL:

•  Financial assets determined to have a low credit risk at the reporting date. The assets to which the low credit risk exemption applies, 
include cash and balances at central banks (note 16), loans and advances to banks (note 17) and debt securities at amortised cost 
(note 18). These assets are all considered investment grade.

•  Financial assets which have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since their initial recognition. 

Impairment model
The IFRS 9 impairment model adopts a three stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination:

Stage 1: 12month ECL applies to all financial assets that have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk (“SICR”) since 
origination and are not credit impaired. The ECL will be computed based on the probability of default events occurring over the next 
12 months. Stage 1 includes the current performing loans (up to date and in arrears of less than 10 days) and those within Heightened 
Business Monitoring (“HBM”). Accounts requiring HBM are classified as a short-term deterioration in financial circumstances and are 
tightly monitored with additional proactive client engagement, but not deemed SICR.

Stage 2: When a financial asset experiences a SICR subsequent to origination, but is not in default, it is considered to be in Stage 2. 
This requires the computation of ECL based on the probability of all possible default events occurring over the remaining life of the 
financial asset. Provisions are higher in this stage (except where the value of charge against the financial asset is sufficient to enable 
recovery in full) because of an increase in credit risk and the impact of a longer time horizon being considered (compared to 12 months 
in Stage 1). 

Evidence that a financial asset has experienced a SICR includes the following considerations:

•  A loan is in arrears between 31 and 90 days;

•  Forbearance action has been undertaken.

Stage 3: Financial assets that are credit impaired are included in this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses will 
continue to capture the lifetime expected credit losses. At each reporting date, the Group will assess whether financial assets carried at 
amortised cost are in default. A financial asset will be considered to be in default when an event(s) that has a detrimental impact on 
estimated future cash flows have occurred. 

Evidence that a financial asset is within Stage 3 includes the following data:

•  A loan is in arrears in excess of 90 days;

•  Breach of terms of forbearance;

•  Recovery action is in hand; or

•  Bankruptcy proceedings or similar insolvency process of a client, or director of a company.

A borrower will move back into Stage 1 conditional upon both a period of good account conduct and the improvement of the Client’s 
situation to the extent that the credit risk has receded sufficiently and a full repayment of the loan, without recourse to the collateral,  
is likely.

Presentation of allowance for ECL in the statement of financial position
For financial assets measured at amortised cost, these are presented as the gross carrying amount of the assets minus a deduction for 
the ECL.

Write-off
Loans and debt securities are written off (either partially or in full) when there is no realistic prospect of recovery. This is the case when 
the Group determines that the borrower does not have assets or sources of income that could generate sufficient cash flows to repay 
the outstanding amount due.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020104

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

10. Net impairment loss on financial assets (continued)

(b) Renegotiated loans
Loans that are not individually significant, and whose terms have been renegotiated, are no longer considered to be past due and are 
treated as new loans.

(c) Forbearance
Under certain circumstances, the Group may use forbearance measures to assist borrowers who are experiencing significant financial 
hardship. Any forbearance support is assessed on a case by case basis in line with best practice and subject to regular monitoring and 
review. The Group seeks to ensure that any forbearance results in a fair outcome for both the customer and the Group.

(d) Assets classified as financial investments
Equity instruments at fair value through Other Comprehensive Income
Equity investments are not subject to impairment charges recognised in the income statement. Any fair value gains and losses are 
recognised in OCI which are not subject to reclassification to the income statement on derecognition. 

Debt instruments at FVOCI 
Changes in fair value are recognised in OCI, the loss allowance will be recognised in OCI and shall not reduce the carrying amount of 
the financial asset in the statement of financial position. Impairment costs will be recognised in the profit or loss with a corresponding 
entry to OCI. On derecognition, cumulative gains and losses in OCI are reclassified to the profit or loss.

Net Impairment losses on loans and advances to customers

Of which:
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3

2020
£000

2,849 

525 
134 
2,190 

2,849 

2019
£000

867 

(1,099)
(37)
1,929 

867 

During the year, the Group recovered £7k (2019: £103k) of loans which had previously been written off.

11. Other income

Other income includes an adjustment of £0.1m (2019: £1.5m), to the contingent consideration for the acquisition of Renaissance Asset 
Finance Ltd. The adjustment is based on management’s assessment of the underlying performance of the business and reflects a reduction 
in the estimated future liability payable under the sale and purchase agreement.

Other items reflected in other income include rental income from the investment properties (see Note 29) of £0.5m (2019: £2.1m), 
premises recharges of £nil (2019: £0.2m) to STB for office space occupied and dividends received on the shares held in STB of £nil 
(2019: £1.5m).

The Group holds a number of properties on which it receives rental income in its capacity as a lessor. £1.5m of the reduction in rental 
income from the prior year is due to the King Street property being vacant while extensive refurbishment works are carried out. Rental 
income has also decreased in the year due to COVID-19 as payment holidays have been awarded to specific tenants with revenue 
derecognised when appropriate. 

Accounting for rental income
Rental income is recognised on a straight line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives granted are recognised as an integral 
part of the total rental income over the term of the lease.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
105

2019
£000

39,169 
4,313 
1,980 
249 
2,008 
1,441 
228 
368 
20,430 

70,186 

2019
£000

105 

285 
100 

490 

2020
£000

36,228 
4,010 
2,251 
142 
2,828 
1,569 
309 
413 
23,669 

71,419 

2020
£000

110 

395 
103 

608 

12. Operating expenses

Operating expenses comprise:

Staff costs, including Directors:
Wages, salaries and bonuses
Social security costs
Pension costs
Share based payment transactions (note 38)

Amortisation of intangibles (note 26)
Depreciation (note 27)
Financial Services Compensation Scheme Levy
Expenses relating to short-term leases
Other administrative expenses

Total operating expenses from continuing operations

Details on Directors remuneration are disclosed in the Remuneration Report on page 44.

Remuneration of the auditor and its associates, excluding VAT, was as follows:

Fees payable to the Company's auditor for the audit of the Company's annual accounts
Fees payable to the Company's auditor and its associates for other services:

Audit of the accounts of subsidiaries
Audit related assurance services

Total fees payable

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
106

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

13. Income tax expense

Current income tax which is payable on taxable profits is recognised as an expense in the period in which the profits arise. Income tax 
recoverable on tax allowable losses is recognised as an asset only to the extent that it is regarded as recoverable by offset against 
current or future taxable profits.

United Kingdom corporation tax at 19% (2019: 19%)

Current taxation
Corporation tax charge - current year
Corporation tax charge - adjustments in respect of prior years

Deferred taxation
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Income tax expense

Tax reconciliation
(Loss)/profit before tax
Tax at 19% (2019: 19%)
Other permanent differences
Prior period adjustments

Corporation tax charge for the year

2020
£000

 – 
179 

179 

89 
(26)

63 

242 

(1,090)
(207)
296 
153 

242 

2019
£000

1,000 
148 

1,148 

(105)
(208)

(313)

835 

7,011 
1,332 
(437)
(60)

835 

The 2020 permanent difference mainly relate to professional fees of a capital nature, relating to the acquisition of the Asset Alliance 
Group. In 2019 permanent differences mainly relate to deferred consideration adjustments for RAF and dividends received from STB.

The UK corporation tax rate for 2020 was enacted on 17 March 2020, remaining at 19%, rather than reducing to the previously 
enacted 17%. In the Budget speech on 3 March 2021, the Chancellor of the Exchequer, announced the increase of corporation tax 
from 19% to 25% from 1 April 2023. It is expected that the change in corporation tax will be enacted early in 2021. This will increase 
the deferred tax asset and reduce the tax charge in 2021 accordingly.

14. Average number of employees

Banking
RAF
ACABL
ASFL
All Other Divisions
Group Centre

2020

202
31
18
11
232
20

514

2019

191
31
14
8
207
19

470

The Group did not take advantage of the government furlough scheme and all staff were redeployed to working from home 
arrangements when the consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic became apparent.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
107

Accounting for employee benefits
(a) Post-retirement obligations
The Group contributes to a defined contribution scheme and to individual defined contribution schemes for the benefit of certain 
employees. The schemes are funded through payments to insurance companies or trustee-administered funds at the contribution  
rates agreed with individual employees.

The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognised as an 
employee benefit expense when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund  
or a reduction in the future payments is available.

There are no post-retirement benefits other than pensions.

(b) Share-based compensation – cash settled
The Group adopts a Black-Scholes valuation model in calculating the fair value of the share options as adjusted for an attrition rate for 
members of the scheme and a probability of pay-out reflecting the risk of not meeting the terms of the scheme over the vesting period. 
The number of share options that are expected to vest are reviewed at least annually.

The fair value of cash settled share-based payments is recognised as personnel expenses in the profit or loss with a corresponding 
increase in liabilities over the vesting period. The liability is remeasured at each reporting date and at settlement date based on the fair 
value of the options granted, with a corresponding adjustment to personnel expenses.

(c) Deferred cash bonus scheme
The Bank has a deferred cash bonus scheme for senior employees. The cost of the award is recognised to the income statement over  
the period to which the performance relates.

(d) Short-term incentive plan
The Group has a short-term incentive plan payable to employees of one of its subsidiary companies. The award of a profit share is 
based on a percentage of the net profit of a Group subsidiary.

15. Earnings per ordinary share

Basic
Basic earnings per ordinary share are calculated by dividing the profit after tax attributable to equity holders of the Company by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares 15,024,514 (2019: 14,979,812) in issue during the year (this includes Ordinary shares 
and Ordinary Non-Voting shares). On 17 May 2019 the Company issued 152,621 Ordinary Non-Voting shares, of which 3,902 were 
allocated to treasury shares. On 10 September 2019 and 31 March 2020 the Company purchased another 7,408 and 7,730 Ordinary 
Non-Voting shares into treasury.

Diluted
Diluted earnings per ordinary share are calculated by dividing the dilutive profit after tax attributable to equity holders of the 
Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, as well as the number of dilutive share options 
in issue during the year. The number of dilutive share options in issue at the year end was nil (2019: nil).

Profit & dilutive profit attributable

(Loss) / profit after tax attributable to equity holders of the Company

Basic & Diluted Earnings per share

Basic Earnings per share

2020
£000

(1,332)

2020
p

(8.9)

2019
£000

6,176 

2019
p

41.2 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020108

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

16. Cash and balances at central banks

Group

Cash and balances at central banks

ECL has been assessed to be insignificant. 

2020
£000

2019
£000

 636,799

325,908

Surplus funds are mainly held in the Bank of England reserve account, with the remainder held in certificates of deposit, fixed and 
floating rate notes and money market deposits in investment grade banks. 

17. Loans and advances to banks

Group

Placements with banks included in cash and cash equivalents (note 40)

2020
£000

110,267

The table below presents an analysis of loans and advances to banks by rating agency designation as at 31 December, based on 
Moody’s short and long term ratings:

Group

Aa3
A1
A2
A3
Baa1
Baa2
Unrated

None of the loans and advances to banks are past due (2019: nil). ECL has been assessed as insignificant.

Company

Placements with banks included in cash and cash equivalents (note 40)

2020
£000

341
100,748
10
3,956
5,204
 – 
8

110,267

2020
£000

15,162

2019
£000

46,258

2019
£000

30,834
306
13,961
20
393
736
8

46,258

2019
£000

15,316

Loans and advances to banks include bank balances of £15.2m (2019: £15.3m) with Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd. ECL has been 
assessed as insignificant.

18. Debt securities at amortised cost

Debt securities represent certificates of deposit. 

The movement in debt securities may be summarised as follows:

Group

At 1 January
Exchange difference
Additions
Redemptions

At 31 December

2020
£000

442,960 
(2,640)
695,614 
(791,242)

344,692 

2019
£000

342,691 
(27,372)
847,378 
(719,737)

442,960 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
109

The table below presents an analysis of debt securities by rating agency designation at 31 December, based on Moody’s long term ratings:

Group

Aaa
Aa1
Aa2
Aa3
A1

None of the debt securities are past due (2019: nil). ECL has been assessed as immaterial.

The movement in debt securities for the Company may be summarised as follows:

Company

At 1 January

Additions

Interest

Redemptions

At 31 December

2020
£000

61,715 
29,315 
14,657 
41,986 
197,019 

344,692 

2020
£000

24,239 

 – 

2,111 

(2,042)

24,308 

2019
£000

163,788 
11,390 
205,812 
50,238 
11,732 

442,960 

2019
£000

 – 

25,000 

1,264 

(2,025)

24,239 

The exposure relates to Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited, which is unrated. The subordinated loan notes were issued on 3 June 2019 
and are denominated in Pound Sterling. The principal amount outstanding at 31 December 2020 was £25m (2019: £25m). The notes 
carry interest at 7.75% over the three month LIBOR rate and are repayable at par in June 2029 unless redeemed or repurchased earlier 
by the Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited. ECL has been assessed as immaterial.

19. Assets classified as held for sale

Assets, or disposal groups comprising assets and liabilities, that are expected to be recovered primarily through sale rather than 
through continuing use, are classified as held for sale. 

The criteria that the Group uses to determine whether an asset is held for sale under IFRS 5 include, but are not limited to the 
following:

•  Management is committed to a plan to sell

•  The asset is available for immediate sale

•  An active programme to locate a buyer is initiated

•  The sale is highly probable, within 12 months of classification as held for sale

•  The asset is being actively marketed for sale at a sales price reasonable in relation to its fair value

Non-current assets held for sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell in accordance with 
IFRS 5. Where investments that have initially been recognised as non-current assets held for sale, because the Group has been deemed  
to hold a controlling stake, are subsequently disposed of or diluted such that the Group’s holding is no longer deemed a controlling stake, 
the investment will subsequently be reclassified as fair value through profit or loss or fair value through other comprehensive income 
investments in accordance with IFRS 9. Subsequent movements will be recognised in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy for 
the newly adopted classification.

Once classified as held for sale, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment are no longer amortised or depreciated.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
110

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

19. Assets classified as held for sale (continued)

Repossessed property held for sale

Group

2020
£000

3,285 

3,285 

2019
£000

7,617 

7,617 

Repossessed property held for sale
In 2017 a property in Spain held as collateral on a loan was repossessed. At the time of repossession, it was expected that the property 
would be sold in 12 months and so it was recognised as held for sale. A sale was not possible during the year, due to factors outside  
of the Group’s control, however, the Group is still pursuing a sale and therefore the property remains held for sale.

In 2018 a further property in Spain held as collateral on a loan was repossessed. The Group’s policy was to pursue timely realisation  
of the collateral in an orderly manner and the property was recognised as an asset held for sale. It was sold in 2020 at market value  
to a third party.

The remaining repossessed property is expected to be sold within 12 months and can therefore be recognised as held for sale under 
IFRS 5.

20. Derivative financial instruments

All derivatives are recognised at their fair value. Fair values are obtained using recent arm’s length transactions or calculated using 
valuation techniques such as discounted cash flow models at the prevailing interest rates, and for structured notes classified as financial 
instruments fair values are obtained from quoted market prices in active markets. Derivatives are shown in the Statement of Financial 
Position as assets when their fair value is positive and as liabilities when their fair value is negative. 

Group

Currency swaps
Interest rate swaps
Structured notes

2020

2019

Contract/notional
amount
£000

Fair value 
assets
£000

Fair value
liabilities
£000

Contract/notional
amount
£000

Fair value 
assets
£000

Fair value
liabilities
£000

17,338
25,292
1,644

44,274

202
 – 
1,641

1,843

188
461
 – 

649

8,671
25,530
1,644

35,845

105
 – 
1,699

1,804

101
218
 – 

319

The principal derivatives used by the Group are over the counter exchange rate contracts. Exchange rate related contracts include 
currency swaps and interest rate swaps. 

A forward foreign exchange contract is an agreement to buy or sell a specified amount of foreign currency on a specified future date at 
an agreed rate. Currency swaps generally involve the exchange of interest payment obligations denominated in different currencies; 
exchange of principal can be notional or actual. The currency swaps are settled net and therefore the fair value is small in comparison 
to the contract/notional amount. Interest rate swaps are used to hedge against the Profit or Loss impact resulting from the movement 
in interest rates, due to some exposures having fixed rate terms.

Also included in derivative financial instruments are structured notes. The Group invested in the structured notes, which are maturing 
in 2021.

The Group only uses investment graded banks as counterparties for derivative financial instruments. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
111

The table below presents an analysis of derivative financial instruments contract/notional amounts by rating agency designation of 
counterparty bank at 31 December, based on Moody’s long term ratings:

Group

Aa1
A1
A2

21. Loans and advances to customers

Analyses of loans and advances to customers:

Group

Gross loans and advances at 1 January 2020

Originations and repayments
Write-offs
Transfer to Stage 1
Transfer to Stage 2
Transfer to Stage 3

2020
£000

12,126 
32,148 
 – 

44,274 

2019
£000

 – 
35,837 
8 

35,845 

Stage 1
£000

1,506,024

4,941
 – 
20,951
(99,683)
(8,901)

2020

Stage 2
£000

66,372

(4,045)
 – 
(20,951)
99,683
(14,712)

Stage 3
 £000

Total
£000

31,447

1,603,843

(8,982)
(3,280)
 – 
 – 
23,613

(8,086)
(3,280)
 – 
 – 
 – 

Gross loans and advances at 31 December 2020

1,423,332

126,347

42,798

1,592,477

Less allowances for ECLs (see Note 22)

Net loans and advances at 31 December 2020

(725)

(533)

1,422,607

125,814

(3,370)

39,428

(4,628)

1,587,849

Group

Gross loans and advances at 1 January 2019

Originations
Repayments and write-offs
Acquired portfolio
Transfer to Stage 1
Transfer to Stage 2
Transfer to Stage 3

Gross loans and advances at 31 December 2019

Less allowances for ECLs (see Note 22)

Net loans and advances at 31 December 2019

For a maturity profile of loans and advances to customers, refer to note 6.

Stage 1
£000

1,161,124

147,411
(49)
252,156
3,659
(50,489)
(7,788)

1,506,024

(526)

1,505,498

2019

Stage 2
£000

32,700

(12,845)
 – 
 – 
(3,659)
50,489
(313)

66,372

(47)

66,325

Stage 3
 £000

Total
£000

37,407

1,231,231

(11,134)
(2,927)
 – 
 – 
 – 
8,101

123,432
(2,976)
252,156
 – 
 – 
 – 

31,447

1,603,843

(4,217)

27,230

(4,790)

1,599,053

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
112

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

21. Loans and advances to customers (continued)

Loans and advances to customers by division (net of ECL / impairments):

Group

Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3

At 31 December 2020

Group

Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3

At 31 December 2019

Banking
£000

1,030,970
72,626
30,204

Mortgage 
Portfolios
£000

223,800
36,794
8,233

1,133,800

268,827

RAF
£000

74,541
16,394
991

91,926

Banking
£000

1,003,739
65,570
26,078

Mortgage 
Portfolios
£000

306,044
 – 
 – 

RAF
£000

100,981
755
1,152

1,095,387

306,044

102,888

Analyses of past due loans and advances to customers by division:

Group

Up to 30 days
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
30 – 60 days
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
60 – 90 days
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Over 90 days
Stage 2
Stage 3

Banking
£000

Mortgage 
Portfolios
£000

10,554
9,902
652
 – 
9
9
 – 
 – 
9,467
 – 
9,467
 – 
65,226
29,871
35,355

6,354
5,948
406
 – 
4,187
 – 
4,187
 – 
1,788
 – 
1,788
 – 
7,125
 – 
7,125

RAF
£000

1,928
1,468
346
114
274
 – 
209
65
475
58
104
313
1,096
276
820

At 31 December

85,256

19,454

3,773

ASFL
£000

5,965
 – 
 – 

5,965

ASFL
£000

7,352
 – 
 – 

7,352

All Other 
Divisions
£000

Total
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

1,422,607
125,814
39,428

1,587,849

All Other 
Divisions
£000

Total
£000

11,511
 – 
 – 

1,505,498
66,325
27,230

11,511

1,599,053

2020

ABL
£000

87,331
 – 
 – 

87,331

2019

ABL
£000

75,871
 – 
 – 

75,871

2020

ABL
£000

ASFL
£000

All Other 
Divisions
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

Total
£000

18,836
17,318
1,404
114
4,470
9
4,396
65
11,730
58
11,359
313
73,447
30,147
43,300

108,483

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
113

Total
£000

39,587
35,980
3,395
212
4,864
2,590
2,102
172
2,100
1,798
198
104
84,722
21,585
28,922
34,215

131,273

2019
£000

40,696 
78,013 
676 
119,385 
(16,497)

102,888 

32,818 
69,441 
629 

102,888 

2019

ABL
£000

ASFL
£000

All Other 
Divisions
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

2020
£000

12,894 
97,062 
1,679 
111,635 
(19,708)

91,927 

30,770 
60,824 
333 

91,927 

Analyses of past due loans and advances to customers by division:

Group

Up to 30 days
 Stage 1
 Stage 2
 Stage 3
30 – 60 days
 Stage 1
 Stage 2
 Stage 3
60 – 90 days
 Stage 1
 Stage 2
 Stage 3
Over 90 days
 Stage 1
 Stage 2
 Stage 3

Banking
£000

Mortgage 
Portfolios
£000

32,783
29,389
3,394
 – 
1,934
35
1,899
 – 
70
 – 
70
 – 
61,873
 – 
28,664
33,209

5,196
5,196
 – 
 – 
2,404
2,404
 – 
 – 
1,688
1,688
 – 
 – 
21,516
21,516
 – 
 – 

RAF
£000

1,608
1,395
1
212
526
151
203
172
342
110
128
104
1,333
69
258
1,006

At 31 December

96,660

30,804

3,809

Loans and advances to customers include finance lease receivables as follows:

Group

Gross investment in finance lease receivables:
– No later than 1 year
– Later than 1 year and no later than 5 years
– Later than 5 years

Unearned future finance income on finance leases

Net investment in finance leases

The net investment in finance leases may be analysed as follows:
– No later than 1 year
– Later than 1 year and no later than 5 years
– Later than 5 years

(b) Loans and advances renegotiated
Restructuring activities include external payment arrangements, modification and deferral of payments. Following restructuring,  
a previously overdue customer account is reset to a normal status and managed together with other similar accounts. Restructuring 
policies and practices are based on indicators or criteria which, in the judgement of management, indicate that payment will most 
likely continue. These policies are kept under continuous review. Renegotiated loans that would otherwise be past due or impaired 
totalled £nil (2019: £nil).

The Bank has continued to support clients that have suffered financial difficulty as a result of the pandemic. The use of COVID-19 
relief mechanisms will not automatically merit identification of SICR and trigger a Stage 2 classification in isolation, where an 
individual borrower received COVID-19 relief, which were primarily in the form of payment holidays. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
114

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

21. Loans and advances to customers (continued)

An individual borrower was assessed to have a significant increase in credit risk where they were considered to have suffered long term 
financial difficulty. They were considered to have suffered long term financial difficulty based on individual circumstances or where 
they had received more than two payment holidays or where a payment holiday given was in excess of 6 months. Where an individual 
borrower is considered to have suffered long term financial difficulty they were transferred to Stage 2.

(c) Collateral held
Collateral is measured at fair value less costs to sell. Most of the loans are secured by property. The fair value of the collateral held 
against loans and advances in Stage 3 is £60.6m (2019: £38.6m), against loans of £41.5m (2019: £29.9m). The weighted average 
loan-to-value of loans and advances in Stage 3 is 73% (2019: 75%). 

22. Allowances for impairment of loans and advances
An analysis of movements in the allowance for ECLs (2020):

Group

At 1 January 2020

Transfer to Stage 1
Transfer to Stage 2
Current year charge
Adjustment due to variation in expected future cash flows
Change in assumptions
Financial assets that have been derecognised
Repayments and write-offs

At 31 December 2020

Stage 1
£000

Stage 2
£000

527 

5 
(17)
139 
(96)
308 
 – 
(141)

725 

47 

(5)
17 
145 
 – 
371 
 – 
(42)

533 

Stage 3
£000

4,216 

 – 
 – 
1,613 
700 
90 
(596)
(2,653)

3,370 

Total
£000

4,790 

– 
– 
1,897 
604 
769 
(596)
(2,836)

4,628 

The ECL requirement increased significantly, primarily in Stage 1 and Stage 2 exposures, in anticipation of credit deterioration,  
reflecting the severity of the economic impact arising from COVID-19. The impact of the COVID-19 scenarios and weighting adjustments 
has resulted in a £769k increase in ECL from the pre COVID-19 scenarios, primarily driven by forecasts for a prolonged period of UK 
unemployment.

Estimated effects from the significant support measures provided by the Group, central banks and governments across the Group’s key 
markets as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic have been factored into the calculation of the Group’s loan impairment charge.

An analysis of movements in the allowance for ECLs (2019):

Group

At 1 January 2019

Transfer to Stage 2
Transfer to Stage 3
Current year charge
Adjustment due to variation in expected future cash flows
Change in assumptions
Financial assets that have been derecognised
Repayments and write-offs

At 31 December 2019

Stage 1
£000

1,606 

(2)
(5)
281 
 – 
(1,353)
 – 
 – 

527 

Stage 2
£000

8 

2 
(1)
42 
 – 
 – 
 – 
(4)

47 

Stage 3
£000

4,961 

 – 
5 
903 
134 
223 
(853)
(1,157)

4,216 

Total
£000

6,575 

– 
(1)
1,226 
134 
(1,130)
(853)
(1,161)

4,790 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 202023. Other assets

Group

Trade receivables
Inventory
Prepayments and accrued income

115

2020
£000

5,458 
84,722 
6,108 

96,288 

2019
£000

4,625 
75,221 
6,597 

86,443 

Inventory
Inventory is measured at the lower of cost or net realisable value. The cost of inventories comprises all costs of purchase, costs  
of conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Net realisable value is the 
estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary  
to make the sale.

Pinnacle Universal is a special purpose vehicle, 100% owned by the Bank, which owns land that is currently in the process of being 
redeveloped with a view to selling off as individual residential plots. The proceeds from the sale of these plots will be used to repay  
the outstanding loans.

Land acquired through repossession of collateral which is subsequently held in the ordinary course of business with a view to develop 
and sell is accounted for as inventory.

In 2019 a property in Spain and in 2020 a property in France, held as collateral on loans, were repossessed. The Group’s intention  
is to develop and sell the properties and have therefore been recognised as inventory. The value of inventory for repossessed collateral  
at 31 December is £17.5m (2019: £12.0m).

In 2019 two properties were reclassified from investment property to inventory due to being under development with a view to sell,  
at 31 December 2020 they were valued at cost of £67.2m (2019: £63.2m).

Company

Prepayments and accrued income

24. Financial investments

Group

Designated at fair value through profit and loss
– Debt securities
Designated at fair value through other comprehensive income
– Listed securities
– Unlisted securities

Total financial investments

2020
£000

103 

103 

2020
£000

138

15,925
2,432

18,495

2019
£000

115 

115 

2019
£000

156

29,116
1,647

30,919

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
116

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

24. Financial investments (continued)

Listed securities
The Group holds investments in listed securities which are valued based on quoted prices. 

On 8 August 2018, ABG lost significant influence over STB. At this date the interest in associate was de-recognised and the shares  
held in STB were marked to market and disclosed as a financial investment. Since then the shareholding was reduced from 15.53%  
to 9.76%. The carrying value at year end is £15.9m (2019: £29.1m) and £nil (2019: £1.5m) of dividends were received in the year. 

The shares were designated as FVOCI for strategic reasons. The shares are measured at fair value in the Statement of Financial Position 
with fair value gains/losses recognised in OCI.

Debt securities
The Group has made an investment in an unlisted special purpose vehicle, set up to acquire and enhance the value of a commercial 
property through its 100% owned subsidiary. During 2018 the subsidiary company was sold and under the terms of the sale agreement 
the buyer agreed to purchase 100% of the share capital and reimburse all outstanding loans. The proceeds of the sale have been 
distributed to the investors, except for the amount withheld for the general and specific warranties (which will be released in three 
instalments at 18 month intervals included as a condition of the sale agreement). A distribution of £8k (2019: £nil) was received and  
a loss of £14k (2019: loss of £9k) recognised in profit or loss during the year. The investment has been valued at £138k (2019: £156k). 
These securities are designated at FVPL. They are measured at fair value in the Statement of Financial Position with fair value gains/
losses recognised in the profit or loss.

Unlisted securities
On 23 June 2016 Arbuthnot Latham received €1.3m cash consideration following Visa Inc.’s completion of the acquisition of Visa 
Europe. As part of the deal Arbuthnot Latham also received preference shares in Visa Inc., these have been valued at their future 
conversion value into Visa Inc. common stock. 

During the year, as part of the fourth anniversary of the closing of the Visa Europe transaction, an assessment was performed of the 
ongoing risk of liability to Visa. As part of the adjustment, Visa awarded the Group 59 preference shares with a carrying value of 
£920k. These can be automatically converted into freely tradeable Class A common stock.

Management have assessed the sum of the fair value of the Group’s investment as £1.6m (2019: £1.2m). This valuation includes a 31% 
haircut on the original preference shares.

The Group has designated its investment in the security as FVOCI. Dividends received during the year amounted to £17k (2019: £7k).

A further investment in an unlisted investment vehicle was made in 2020. The carrying value at year end is £0.8m (2019: £0.5m)  
and no dividends were received in the year. The increase in value is due to additional contributions to the fund and the successful 
performance of the underlying investments.

All unlisted securities have been designated as FVOCI as they are held for strategic reasons. These securities are measured at fair value 
in the Statement of Financial Position with fair value gains/losses recognised in OCI.

Company

Financial investments comprise:
 – Listed securities (at fair value through OCI)

Total financial investments

25. Deferred taxation

2020
£000

14,171 

14,171 

2019
£000

25,913 

25,913 

Deferred tax is provided in full on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying 
amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, deferred tax is not accounted for if it arises from the initial recognition  
of goodwill, the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the 
transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent 
that they probably will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been 
enacted or substantively enacted by the Statement of Financial Position date and are expected to apply when the related deferred  
tax asset is realised or the deferred tax liability is settled.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
117

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and they 
relate to taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different tax entities, when they intend to settle 
current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or the tax assets and liabilities will be realised simultaneously.

Deferred tax assets are recognised where it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary 
differences can be utilised.

The deferred tax asset comprises:

Group

Accelerated capital allowances and other short-term timing differences
Movement in fair value of financial investments FVOCI
Unutilised tax losses
IFRS 9 adjustment*

Deferred tax asset

At 1 January
Other Comprehensive Income – FVOCI
Profit and loss account – accelerated capital allowances and other short-term timing differences
Profit and loss account – tax losses
IFRS 9 adjustment*

Deferred tax asset at 31 December

*  This relates to the timing difference on the adoption of IFRS 9.

Company

Accelerated capital allowances and other short-term timing differences
Movement in fair value of financial investments
Unutilised tax losses

Deferred tax asset

At 1 January
Profit and loss account – accelerated capital allowances and other short-term timing differences
Profit and loss account – tax losses

Deferred tax asset at 31 December

2020
£000

(579)
(117)
1,425 
280 

1,009 

1,815 
(69)
(310)
(315)
(112)

1,009 

2020
£000

5 
112 
278 

395 

391 
4 
 – 

395 

2019
£000

(269)
(48)
1,740 
392 

1,815 

1,490 
18 
(202)
729 
(220)

1,815 

2019
£000

1 
112 
278 

391 

113 
111 
167 

391 

Deferred tax assets are recognised for tax losses to the extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit through future taxable 
profits is probable.

26. Intangible assets

(a) Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the 
acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries is included in ‘intangible assets’. Gains and losses 
on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. 

The Group reviews the goodwill for impairment at least annually or more frequently when events or changes in economic circumstances 
indicate that impairment may have taken place and carries goodwill at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Assets are grouped 
together in the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows 
of other assets or groups of assets (the “cash-generating unit” or “CGU”). For impairment testing purposes goodwill cannot be allocated 
to a CGU that is greater than a reported operating segment. CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated are aggregated so that the level 
at which impairment is tested reflects the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal reporting purposes. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020118

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

26. Intangible assets (continued)

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the 
combination. The test for impairment involves comparing the carrying value of goodwill with the present value of pre-tax cash flows, 
discounted at a rate of interest that reflects the inherent risks of the CGU to which the goodwill relates, or the CGU’s fair value if this  
is higher.

(b) Computer software
Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use the specific software. 
These costs are amortised on a straight line basis over the expected useful lives (three to fifteen years).

Costs associated with maintaining computer software programs are recognised as an expense as incurred.

Costs associated with developing computer software which are assets in the course of construction, which management has assessed to 
not be available for use, are not amortised.

During the year the company developed software for customer relationship management. Relevant costs have been capitalised 
accordingly and will be amortised across its useful economic life.

(c) Other intangibles
Other intangibles include trademarks, customer relationships, broker relationships, technology and banking licences acquired.  
These costs are amortised on a straight line basis over the expected useful lives (three to fourteen years).

Group

Cost
At 1 January 2019
Additions

At 31 December 2019

Additions

At 31 December 2020

Accumulated amortisation
At 1 January 2019
Amortisation charge

At 31 December 2019

Amortisation charge

At 31 December 2020

Net book amount

At 31 December 2019

At 31 December 2020

Goodwill
£000

Computer 
software
£000

Other 
intangibles
£000

5,202 
 – 

5,202 

 – 

5,202 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

5,202 

5,202 

13,442 
5,552 

18,994 

6,392 

25,386 

(4,045)
(1,761)

(5,806)

(2,582)

(8,388)

13,188 

16,998 

2,562 
 – 

2,562 

 – 

2,562 

(623)
(247)

(870)

(246)

(1,116)

1,692 

1,446 

Total
£000

21,206 
5,552 

26,758 

6,392 

33,150 

(4,668)
(2,008)

(6,676)

(2,828)

(9,504)

20,082 

23,646 

Significant management judgements are made in estimations, to evaluate whether an impairment of goodwill is necessary. Impairment 
testing is performed at CGU level and the following two items, with judgements surrounding them, have a significant impact on the 
estimations used in determining the necessity of an impairment charge:

•  Future cash flows - Cash flow forecasts reflect management’s view of future business forecasts at the time of the assessment.  

A detailed three year budget is done every year and management also uses judgement in applying a growth rate. The accuracy  
of future cash flows is subject to a high degree of uncertainty in volatile market conditions. During such conditions, management 
would perform impairment testing more frequently than annually to ensure that the assumptions applied are still valid in the current 
market conditions.

•  Discount rate - Management also apply judgement in determining the discount rate used to discount future expected cash flows.  

The discount rate is derived from the cost of capital for each CGU.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
119

The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. There are currently two 
CGUs (2019: two) with goodwill attached; the core Arbuthnot Latham CGU (£1.7m) and RAF CGU (£3.5m). 

Management considers the value in use for the Arbuthnot Latham CGU to be the discounted cash flows over 3 years with a terminal 
value (2019: 3 years with a terminal value). The 3 year discounted cash flows with a terminal value are considered to be appropriate  
as the goodwill relates to an ongoing well established business and not underlying assets with finite lives. The terminal value is calculated 
by applying a discounted perpetual growth model to the profit expected in 2023 as per the approved 3 year plan. A growth rate  
of 6.2% (2019: 8.1%) was used for income and 7.1% (2019: 10.8%) for expenditure from 2021 to 2023 (these rates were the  
best estimate of future forecasted performance), while a 3% (2019: 3%) percent growth rate for income and expenditure (a more 
conservative approach was taken for latter years as these were not budgeted for in detail as per the three year plan approved by the 
Board of Directors) was used for cash flows after the approved 3 year plan. 

Management considers the value in use for the RAF CGU to be the discounted cash flows over 3 years with a terminal value.  
The 3 year discounted cash flows with a terminal value are considered to be appropriate as the goodwill relates to an ongoing, well 
established, business and not underlying assets with finite lives. The terminal value is calculated by applying a discounted perpetual 
growth model to the profit expected in 2023 as per the approved budget. A growth rate of 3% (2019: 3%) was used (this rate was  
the best estimate of future forecasted performance).

The growth rates used are conservative and below the forecast UK growth rate of 5%. The uncertainty of the COVID-19 pandemic 
has significantly reduced economic growth in 2020. However, the country’s general return to economic stability should ensure that  
the Bank’s current growth strategy supported by capital available at parent level will allow the Group to achieve reasonable economic 
growth.

Cash flows were discounted at a pre-tax rate of 12% (2019: 12%) to their net present value. The discount rate of 12% is considered  
to be appropriate after evaluating current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the assets or CGUs. 

Currently, the value in use and fair value less costs to sell of both CGUs exceed the carrying values of the associated goodwill and as  
a result no sensitivity analysis was performed.

Company

Cost
At 1 January 2019

At 31 December 2019

At 31 December 2020

Accumulated amortisation
At 1 January 2019
Amortisation charge

At 31 December 2019

Amortisation charge

At 31 December 2020

Net book amount

At 31 December 2019

At 31 December 2020

Computer 
software
£000

7 

7 

7 

(1)
(1)

(2)

(1)

(3)

5 

4 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
120

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

27. Property, plant and equipment

Land and buildings comprise mainly branches and offices and are stated at the latest valuation with subsequent additions at cost less 
depreciation. Plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly 
attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost to their residual 
values over their estimated useful lives, applying the following annual rates, which are subject to regular review:

Leasehold improvements 
Office equipment 
Computer equipment 
Motor vehicles 

3 to 20 years
3 to 10 years
3 to 5 years
4 years

Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the term of the lease (until the first break clause). Gains and losses on disposals  
are determined by deducting carrying amount from proceeds. These are included in the Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

Group

Cost or valuation
At 1 January 2019
Additions

At 31 December 2019

Additions
Disposals

At 31 December 2020

At 1 January 2019
Depreciation charge

At 31 December 2019

Depreciation charge
Disposals

At 31 December 2020

Net book amount

At 31 December 2019

At 31 December 2020

Leasehold
improvements
£000

Computer and  
other equipment 
£000

Motor 
Vehicles
 £000

6,779
609

7,388

65
(20)

7,433

(3,000)
(778)

(3,778)

(704)
20

(4,462)

3,610

2,971

3,668
1,341

5,009

618
(77)

5,550

(2,219)
(640)

(2,859)

(842)
54

(3,647)

2,150

1,903

91
 – 

91

 – 
 – 

91

(15)
(23)

(38)

(22)
 – 

(60)

53

31

Total
£000

10,538
1,950

12,488

683
(97)

13,074

(5,234)
(1,441)

(6,675)

(1,568)
74

(8,169)

5,813

4,905

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
121

Total
£000

308

308

308

(100)
(24)

(124)

(23)

(147)

184

161

Computer and  
other equipment 
£000

Motor 
Vehicles
 £000

217

217

217

(85)
(1)

(86)

(1)

(87)

131

130

91

91

91

(15)
(23)

(38)

(22)

(60)

53

31

Company

Cost or valuation
At 1 January 2019

At 31 December 2019

At 31 December 2020

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 January 2019
Depreciation charge

At 31 December 2019

Depreciation charge

At 31 December 2020

Net book amount

At 31 December 2019

At 31 December 2020

28. Right-of-use assets

At inception or on reassessment of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains 
a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.  
To assess whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset, the Group assesses whether:

•  the contract involves the use of an identified asset. This may be specified explicitly or implicitly, and should be physically distinct  
or represent substantially all of the capacity of a physically distinct asset. If the supplier has a substantive substitution right, then  
the asset is not identified;

•  the Group has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the asset throughout the period of use; and

•  the Group has the right to direct the use of the asset. The Group has this right when it has the decision-making rights that are most 

relevant to changing how and for what purpose the asset is used.

At inception or on reassessment of a contract that contains a lease component, the Group allocates the consideration in the contract  
to each lease component on the basis of their relative stand-alone prices.

(a) As a lessee
The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is initially 
measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the 
commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset  
or to restore it or its site, less any lease incentives received.

The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the earlier of the end 
of the useful life of the right-of-use asset or the end of the lease term. The estimated useful lives of right-of-use assets are determined  
on the same basis as those of property and equipment. In addition, the right-of-use asset is periodically reduced by impairment losses, 
if any, and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability.

Practical exemptions
The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases of machinery that have a lease term 
of 12 months or less and leases of low value assets. The Group recognises the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense 
on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
122

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

28. Right-of-use assets (continued)

(b) As a lessor
Assets leased to customers under agreements which transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership, with or without 
ultimate legal title, are classified as finance leases. When assets are held subject to finance leases, the present value of the lease payments 
is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised  
as unearned finance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease using the net investment method, which reflects  
a constant periodic rate of return.

Assets leased to customers under agreements which do not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as 
operating leases. When assets are held subject to operating leases, the underlying assets are held at cost less accumulated depreciation. 
The assets are depreciated down to their estimated residual values on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Lease rental income is 
recognised on a straight line basis over the lease term.

Breakdown of right-of-use assets:

Group

At 1 January 2019
Additions
Amortisation
Transfers*

At 31 December 2019

Additions
Amortisation

At 31 December 2020

Investment 
property
£000

8,108
 – 
 – 
(8,108)

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

Properties
£000

Equipment
£000

14,036
 – 
(2,654)
8,108

19,490

346
(2,406)

17,430

 – 
543
(89)
 – 

454

 – 
(181)

273

Total
£000

22,144
543
(2,743)
 – 

19,944

346
(2,587)

17,703

*The leasehold investment properties were transferred to inventory during 2019 and as a result have been reclassified to properties within the table above.

In the year, the Group received £0.5m (2019: £2.1m) of rental income from subleasing right-of-use assets through operating leases.

The Group recognised £851k (2019: £976k) of interest expense related to lease liabilities. The Group also recognised £413k (2019: 
£439k) of expense in relation to leases with a duration of less than 12 months.

29. Investment property

Investment property is initially measured at cost. Transaction costs are included in the initial measurement. Subsequently, investment 
property is measured at fair value, with any change therein recognised in profit and loss within other income. 

Group

Opening balance
Additions
Transfer
Fair value adjustment

At 31 December 2020

2020
£000

6,763
 – 
 – 
(213)

6,550

2019
£000

67,081
2,901
(63,219)
 – 

6,763

In 2019 two properties were reclassified from investment property to inventory due to being under development with a view to sell.  
At 31 December 2019 they were valued at cost of £63.2m. £2.9m of additions in 2019 related to development costs of the St Philips 
Place property, which was one of the properties reclassified to inventory.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020123

Crescent Office Park, Bath
In November 2017, a Property Fund, based in Jersey and owned by the Group, acquired a freehold office building in Bath.  
The property comprises 25,528 square ft. over ground and two upper floors with parking spaces. The property was acquired for 
£6.35m. On the date of acquisition, the property was being multi-let to tenants and was at full capacity.

In 2017, the Fund was recognised as an asset held for sale under IFRS 5 and therefore not consolidated in the financial statements.  
At 31 December 2019 it was consolidated into the Group as it no longer met the IFRS 5 criteria and is recognised as an investment 
property. The Group has elected to apply the fair value model. 

The Group recognised £0.4m (2019: £0.5m) rental income during the year. The property remained tenanted during 2020.

30. Deposits from banks

Group

Deposits from other banks

2020
£000

2019
£000

230,090 

230,421 

The Term Funding Scheme (“TFS”) was announced by the Bank of England on 4 August 2016 and became effective from 19 September 
2016. The scheme is now closed. The TFS allows participants to borrow central bank reserves in exchange for eligible collateral. Deposits 
from banks include £225m (2019: £225m) obtained through TFS. For a maturity profile of deposits from banks, refer to Note 6.

31. Deposits from customers

Group

Current/demand accounts
Notice accounts
Term deposits

2020
£000

1,496,483 
157,934 
710,790 

2,365,207 

2019
£000

1,134,021 
102,567 
848,315 

2,084,903 

Included in customer accounts are deposits of £16.4m (2019: £33.2m) held as collateral for loans and advances. The fair value of these 
deposits approximates their carrying value.

For a maturity profile of deposits from customers, refer to Note 6.

32. Other liabilities

Group

Trade payables
Accruals and deferred income

Company

Trade payables
Due to subsidiary undertakings
Accruals and deferred income

2020
£000

1,949 
5,657 

7,606 

2020
£000

221 
2,911 
427 

3,559 

2019
£000

2,023 
11,477 

13,500 

2019
£000

289 
824 
1,950 

3,063 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
124

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

33. Lease liabilities

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, 
discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing 
rate. Primarily, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise the following:

•  fixed payments, including in-substance payments;

•  variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rates as at the commencement date;

•  amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee.

The lease liability is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. It is remeasured when there is a change in future 
lease payments arising from a change in index or rate, if there is a change in the Group’s estimate of the amount expected to be payable 
under a residual value guarantee.

When the lease liability is remeasured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset, 
or is recorded in the statement of comprehensive income if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.

Group

At 1 January 2019
Additions
Interest expense
Lease payments

At 31 December 2019

Additions
Interest expense
Lease payments

At 31 December 2020

Maturity analysis

Group

Less than one year
One to five years
More than five years

Total undiscounted lease liabilities at 31 December

Lease liabilities included in the statement of financial position at 31 December

Current

Non-current

Properties
£000

Equipment
£000

22,732
 – 
965
(3,677)

20,020

508
864
(3,322)

18,070

 – 
539
11
(139)

411

 – 
17
(193)

235

2020
£000

3,551
8,830
58,317

70,698

18,305

2,766

15,539

Total
£000

22,732
539
976
(3,816)

20,431

508
881
(3,515)

18,305

2019
£000

3,571
12,617
58,806

74,994

20,431

2,610

17,821

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020125

34. Debt securities in issue

Issued financial instruments or their components are classified as liabilities where the contractual arrangement results in the Group 
having a present obligation to either deliver cash or another financial asset to the holder, to exchange financial instruments on terms 
that are potentially unfavourable. 

Financial liabilities, other than trading liabilities at fair value, are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method as 
set out in the policy in Note 8. 

Group and Company

Subordinated loan notes

2020
£000

2019
£000

37,656 

36,837 

Euro subordinated loan notes
The subordinated loan notes were issued on 7 November 2005 and are denominated in Euros. The principal amount outstanding at  
31 December 2020 was €15,000,000 (2019: €15,000,000). The notes carry interest at 3% over the interbank rate for three month 
deposits in euros and are repayable at par in August 2035 unless redeemed or repurchased earlier by the Company.

The contractual undiscounted amount that will be required to be paid at maturity of the above debt securities is €15,000,000.

Given the fact that the Group has never been subject to a published credit rating by any of the relevant agencies and the notes in issue 
are not quoted, it is not considered possible to estimate a fair value for these notes.

Subordinated loan notes
The subordinated loan notes were issued on 3 June 2019 and are denominated in Pound Sterling. The principal amount outstanding  
at 31 December 2020 was £25m (2019: £25m). The notes carry interest at 7.75% over the three month LIBOR rate and are repayable 
at par in June 2029 unless redeemed or repurchased earlier by the Company.

The contractual undiscounted amount that will be required to be paid at maturity of the above debt securities is £25m.

Given the fact that the Group has never been subject to a published credit rating by any of the relevant agencies and the notes in issue 
are not quoted, it is not considered possible to estimate a fair value for these notes.

35. Contingent liabilities and commitments

Financial guarantees and loan commitments policy
Financial guarantees represent undertakings that the Group will meet a customer’s obligation to third parties if the customer fails to do so. 
Commitments to extend credit represent unused portions of authorisations to extend credit in the form of loans, guarantees or letters of 
credit. The Group is theoretically exposed to loss in an amount equal to the total guarantees or unused commitments. However, the likely 
amount of loss is expected to be significantly less; most commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific 
credit standards. Liabilities under financial guarantee contracts are initially recorded at their fair value, and the initial fair value is 
amortised over the life of the financial guarantee. Subsequently, the financial guarantee liabilities are measured at the higher of the initial 
fair value, less cumulative amortisation, and the best estimate of the expenditure to settle obligations.

Provisions and contingent liabilities policy
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that 
an outflow of economic resources will be required from the Group and amounts can be reliably measured.

Onerous contract provisions are recognised for losses on contracts where the forecast costs of fulfilling the contract throughout the 
contract period exceed the forecast income receivable. In assessing the amount of the loss to provide on any contract, account is taken 
of the Group’s forecast results which the contract is servicing. The provision is calculated based on discounted cash flows to the end  
of the contract.

Contingent liabilities are disclosed when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, but the probability that it will 
be required to settle that obligation is more than remote, but not probable.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020126

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

35. Contingent liabilities and commitments (continued)

Contingent liabilities
The Group is subject to extensive regulation in the conduct of its business. A failure to comply with applicable regulations could result 
in regulatory investigations, fines and restrictions on some of the Group’s business activities or other sanctions. The Group seeks to 
minimise this risk through the adoption and compliance with policies and procedures, continuing to refine controls over business 
practices and behaviour, employee training, the use of appropriate documentation, and the involvement of outside legal counsel where 
appropriate.

Capital commitments
At 31 December 2020, the Group had capital commitments of £50k (2019: £460k) in respect of a contribution in an equity investment.

Credit commitments
The contractual amounts of the Group’s off-balance sheet financial instruments that commit it to extend credit to customers are  
as follows:

Group

Guarantees and other contingent liabilities
Commitments to extend credit:
– Original term to maturity of one year or less

36. Share capital

Ordinary share capital

Group and Company

At 1 January 2019

At 31 December 2019 & 2020

Ordinary non-voting share capital

Group and Company

At 1 January 2019

Issue of shares

At 31 December 2019 & 2020

2020
£000

6,248 

308,427 

314,675 

Share 
capital
£000 

153 

153 

Share 
capital
£000 

– 

1 

1 

2019
£000

6,401 

190,064 

196,465 

Share 
premium
£000

 – 

– 

Share 
premium
£000

– 

 – 

– 

Number of 
shares

15,279,322 

15,279,322 

Number of 
shares

– 

152,621 

152,621 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
127

Total share capital

Group and Company

At 1 January 2019

Issue of shares

At 31 December 2019 & 2020

Number of 
shares

15,279,322 

152,621 

15,431,943 

Share 
capital
£000 

153 

1 

154 

Share 
premium
£000

 – 

 – 

– 

(a) Share issue costs
Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options by the Company are shown in equity as a deduction,  
net of tax, from the proceeds.

(b) Dividends on ordinary shares
Dividends on ordinary shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are approved.

(c) Share buybacks
Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity share capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any 
directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes) is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders until 
the shares are cancelled or reissued.

The Ordinary shares have a par value of 1p per share (2019: 1p per share). At 31 December 2020 the Company held 409,314 shares 
(2019: 401,584) in treasury. This includes 390,274 (2019: 390,274) Ordinary shares and 19,040 (2019: 11,310) Ordinary Non-Voting 
shares.

37. Reserves and retained earnings

Group

Capital redemption reserve
Fair value reserve
Treasury shares
Retained earnings

Total reserves at 31 December

2020
£000

19 
(12,690)
(1,299)
207,839 

193,869 

2019
£000

19 
205 
(1,214)
209,171 

208,181 

The capital redemption reserve represents a reserve created after the Company purchased its own shares which resulted in a reduction 
of share capital.

Company

Capital redemption reserve
Fair value reserve
Treasury shares
Retained earnings

Total reserves at 31 December

2020
£000

19 
(12,164)
(1,299)
160,721 

147,277 

2019
£000

19 
3,179 
(1,214)
157,954 

159,938 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020128

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

38. Share-based payment options

Company – cash settled
Grants were made to Messrs Salmon and Cobb on 14 June 2016 under Phantom Option Scheme introduced on that date, to acquire 
ordinary 1p shares in the Company at 1591p exercisable in respect of 50% on or after 15 June 2019 and in respect of the remaining 
50% on or after 15 June 2021 when a cash payment would be made equal to any increase in market value. 

Under this Scheme, Mr. Salmon and Mr. Cobb were granted a phantom option to acquire 200,000 and 100,000 ordinary 1p shares 
respectively in the Company. The fair value of these options at the grant date was £1m. The second tranche of the share options will 
not vest as the performance conditions have not been met, due to the non payment of dividends. The first tranche of share options 
remained outstanding at 31 December 2020. The fair value of the options as at 31 December 2020 was £0.1m (2019: £0.3m).

The performance conditions of the Scheme are that for the duration of the vesting period, the dividends paid by ABG must have 
increased in percentage terms when compared to an assumed dividend of 29p per share in respect of the financial year ending  
31 December 2016, by a minimum of the increase in the Retail Prices Index during that period.

Also from the grant date to the date the Option is exercised, there must be no public criticism by any regulatory authority on the 
operation of ABG or any of its subsidiaries which has a material impact on the business of ABG.

Options are forfeited if they remain unexercised after a period of more than 7 years from the date of grant. If the participant ceases  
to be employed by the Group by reason of injury, disability, ill-health or redundancy; or because his employing company ceases to be  
a shareholder of the Group; or because his employing business is being transferred out of the Group, his option may be exercised 
within 6 months after such cessation. In the event of the death of a participant, the personal representatives of a participant may 
exercise an option, to the extent exercisable at the date of death, within 6 months after the death of the participant.

On cessation of employment for any other reason (or when a participant serves, or has been served with, notice of termination of  
such employment), the option will lapse although the Remuneration Committee has discretion to allow the exercise of the option for  
a period not exceeding 6 months from the date of such cessation. 

In such circumstances, the performance conditions may be modified or waived as the Remuneration Committee, acting fairly and 
reasonably and taking due consideration of the circumstances, thinks fit. The number of Ordinary Shares which can be acquired on 
exercise will be pro-rated on a time elapsed basis, unless the Remuneration Committee, acting fairly and reasonably and taking due 
consideration of the circumstances, decides otherwise. In determining whether to exercise its discretion in these respects, the 
Remuneration Committee must satisfy itself that the early exercise of an option does not constitute a reward for failure.

The probability of payout has been assigned based on the likelihood of meeting the performance criteria, which is 100%. The Directors 
consider that there is some uncertainty surrounding whether the participants will all still be in situ and eligible at the vesting date. 
Therefore the directors have assumed a 15% attrition rate for the share options vesting in June 2021. The attrition rate will increase  
by 3% per year until the vesting date. ABG had a £0.1m write back in relation to share based payments during 2020 (2019: £0.2m 
expense), as disclosed in Note 12.

Measurement inputs and assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model are as follows:

Expected Stock Price Volatility
Expected Dividend Yield
Risk Free Interest Rate
Average Expected Life (in years)

39. Dividends per share

2020

42.7%
0.0%
0.0%
 – 

2019

21.8%
2.9%
0.7%
1.46

The Directors do not recommend the payment of a final dividend (2019: Nil). Since no interim dividend (2019: 16p) was paid in  
the year, this makes a total dividend per share for the year of Nil (2019: 16p). The second interim dividend of 21p declared by the 
Directors in last year’s Annual Report was withdrawn on 2 April 2020, prior to the finalisation of the resolutions in last year’s Notice 
of Meeting, following the publication by the Prudential Regulation Authority (“PRA”) of a statement on deposit takers’ approach  
to dividends. This dividend of 21p per share was paid as a special interim dividend on 19 March, 2021, following the PRA statement 
in December 2020, advising that it is for bank boards to determine the appropriate level of distributions and removing its request not 
to make shareholder distributions.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020129

40. Cash and cash equivalents

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows, cash and cash equivalents comprises cash on hand and demand deposits, and  
cash equivalents are deemed highly liquid investments that are convertible into cash with an insignificant risk of changes in value  
with a maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition.

Group

Cash and balances at central banks (Note 16)
Loans and advances to banks (Note 17)

Company

Loans and advances to banks

41. Related party transactions

2020
£000

636,799 
110,267 

747,066 

2020
£000

2019
£000

325,908 
46,258 

372,166 

2019
£000

15,162 

15,316 

Related parties of the Company and Group include subsidiaries, directors, Key Management Personnel, close family members of Key 
Management Personnel and entities which are controlled, jointly controlled or significantly influenced, or for which significant voting 
power is held, by Key Management Personnel or their close family members. 

A number of banking transactions are entered into with related parties in the normal course of business on normal commercial terms. 
These include loans and deposits. Directors and Key Management includes solely Executive and Non-Executive Directors.

Group - Directors

Loans
Loans outstanding at 1 January
Loans advanced during the year
Loan repayments during the year
Transfer to deposits during the year

Loans outstanding at 31 December

Interest income earned

2020
£000

503 
51 
 – 
(52)

502 

15 

2019
£000

515 
137 
(144)
(5)

503 

17 

The loans to directors are mainly secured on property, shares or cash and bear interest at rates linked to base rate. No provisions have 
been recognised in respect of loans given to related parties (2019: £nil).

Group - Directors

Deposits
Deposits at 1 January
Deposits placed during the year
Deposits repaid during the year
Transfer to loans during the year

Deposits at 31 December

Interest expense on deposits

2020
£000

3,065 
2,676 
(1,761)
(52)

3,928 

5 

2019
£000

1,884 
4,529 
(3,342)
(6)

3,065 

6 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
130

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

41. Related party transactions (continued)

Details of directors’ remuneration are given in the Remuneration Report on pages 43 and 44. The Directors do not believe that there 
were any other transactions with key management or their close family members that require disclosure.

Details of principal subsidiaries are given in Note 42. Transactions and balances with subsidiaries are shown below:

ASSETS
Due from subsidiary undertakings –  
Loans and advances to banks
Due from subsidiary undertakings –  
Debt securities at amortised cost
Shares in subsidiary undertakings

LIABILITIES
Due to subsidiary undertakings

 2020

2019

Highest balance 
during the year
£000

Balance at
31 December
£000

Highest balance 
during the year
£000

Balance at 
31 December
£000

15,319

24,785
134,004

174,108

2,911

2,911

15,155

24,308
133,904

173,367

2,911

2,911

16,094

24,741
134,614

175,449

1,039

1,039

15,310

24,239
134,004

173,553

824

824

The disclosure of the year end balance and the highest balance during the year is considered the most meaningful information to 
represent the transactions during the year. The above transactions arose during the normal course of business and are on substantially 
the same terms as for comparable transactions with third parties.

The Company undertook the following transactions with other companies in the Group during the year:

Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd - Recharge of property and IT costs

Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd - Recharge for costs paid on the Company's behalf
Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd - Recharge of costs paid on behalf of Arbuthnot Latham  
& Co., Ltd
Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd - Group recharges for shared services
Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd - Group recharges for liquidity

Total

42. Interests in subsidiaries

Company

At 1 January 2019
Receipt on dissolution of West Yorkshire Insurance Company Limited

At 31 December 2019

Receipt on dissolution of Windward Insurance Company PCC Limited

At 31 December 2020

Investment 
at cost
£000

137,178
(3,174)

134,004

(100)

133,904

2020
£000

930

3,668

(3,820)
(4,633)
(4,904)

(8,759)

Impairment 
provisions
£000

(2,564)
2,564

– 

– 

– 

2019
£000

930

1,890

(1,226)
(5,219)
(5,326)

(8,951)

Net
£000

134,614
(610)

134,004

(100)

133,904

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
131

2020
£000

132,314 
1,590 

133,904 

2019
£000

132,314 
1,690 

134,004 

Company

Subsidiary undertakings:
Bank
Other

Total

(a) List of subsidiaries
Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited is the only significant subsidiary of Arbuthnot Banking Group. Arbuthnot Latham is incorporated 
in the United Kingdom, has a principal activity of Private and Commercial Banking and is 100% owned by the Group.

The table below provides details of other subsidiaries of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC at 31 December:

% shareholding

Country of 
incorporation

Principal activity

Direct shareholding
Arbuthnot Fund Managers Limited
Arbuthnot Investments Limited
Arbuthnot Limited
Arbuthnot Properties Limited
Arbuthnot Unit Trust Management Limited
Gilliat Financial Solutions Limited
Peoples Trust and Savings Plc

Indirect shareholding via intermediate holding companies
Arbuthnot Commercial Asset Based Lending Limited
Arbuthnot Latham (Nominees) Limited
Arbuthnot Latham Real Estate Holdco Limited
Arbuthnot Latham Real Estate Holdings Limited
Arbuthnot Latham Real Estate PropCo Limited
Arbuthnot Real Estate Capital Limited
Arbuthnot Real Estate Capital GP 1 Limited
Arbuthnot Real Estate Capital Fund 1 Limited
Arbuthnot Securities Limited
Arbuthnot Specialist Finance Limited
John K Gilliat & Co., Limited
Pinnacle Universal Limited
Pinnacle Universal Limited
Renaissance Asset Finance Limited

100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%

100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%

UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK

UK
UK
Jersey
UK
Jersey
Jersey
Jersey
Jersey
UK
UK
UK
BVI
UK
UK

Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant

Asset Finance
Dormant
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Dormant
Specialist Finance
Dormant
Property Development
Property Development
Asset Finance

All the subsidiary and related undertakings above are unlisted and none are banking institutions. All entities are included in the 
consolidated financial statements and have an accounting reference date of 31 December.

All Jersey entities have their registered office as 26 New Street, St Helier, Jersey, JE2 3RA. Pinnacle Universal Limited’s (BVI) registered 
office is 9 Columbus Centre, Pelican Drive, Road Town, Tortola, BVI. All other entities listed above have their registered office as  
7 Wilson Street, London, EC2M 2SN.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
132

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

42. Interests in subsidiaries (continued)

(b) Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries
There were no non-controlling interests at the end of 2020 or 2019.

(c) Significant restrictions
The Group does not have significant restrictions on its ability to access or use its assets and settle its liabilities other than those 
resulting from the supervisory frameworks within which banking subsidiaries operate. The supervisory frameworks require banking 
subsidiaries to keep certain levels of regulatory capital and liquid assets, limit their exposure to other parts of the Group and comply 
with other ratios. The carrying amounts of the banking subsidiary’s assets and liabilities are £2,855m and £2,672m respectively  
(2019: £2,584m and £2,400m respectively).

(d) Risks associated with interests
During the year Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC made £nil (2019: £nil) capital contributions to Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd.  
The contributions were made to assist the Bank during a period of growth to ensure that all regulatory capital requirements were met. 

43. Operating segments

The Group is organised into seven operating segments as disclosed below:

1)   Banking – Includes Private and Commercial Banking. Private Banking – Provides traditional private banking services as well as 

offering financial planning and investment management services and includes services provided in the Dubai branch. Commercial 
Banking – Provides bespoke commercial banking services and tailored secured lending against property investments and other 
assets.

2)  Mortgage Portfolios – Acquired mortgage portfolios.

3)  RAF – Specialist asset finance lender mainly in high value cars but also business assets.

4)   ACABL – Provides finance secured on either invoices, assets or stock of the borrower.

5)  ASFL – Provides short term secured lending solutions to professional and entrepreneurial property investors.

6)   All Other Divisions – All other smaller divisions and central costs in Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd (Investment property  

and Central costs)

7)   Group Centre – ABG Group management.

During the year the Group changed the way it manages and reports the Banking sector, combining the Private Banking and 
Commercial Banking sector into a single Banking sector. This is the level at which management decisions are made and how the Group 
will manage the overall business sectors going forward with the anticipated growth in subsidiary businesses. The comparative numbers 
for the Banking division has therefore been restated to include Private and Commercial Banking.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020133

Transactions between the operating segments are on normal commercial terms. Centrally incurred expenses are charged to operating 
segments on an appropriate pro-rata basis. Segment assets and liabilities comprise loans and advances to customers and customer 
deposits, being the majority of the balance sheet.

Year ended 31 December 2020

Interest revenue
Inter-segment revenue
Interest revenue from  
external customers
Fee and commission income

Banking
£000

44,837 
 – 

44,837 
11,620 

Mortgage
 Portfolios
£000

10,353 
 – 

10,353 
 – 

Revenue from external customers

56,457 

10,353 

Interest expense
Add back inter-segment revenue
Subordinated loan note interest
Fee and commission expense
Segment operating income
Impairment losses
Other income
Operating expenses
Segment profit / (loss) before tax
Income tax (expense) / income

Segment profit / (loss) after tax

(2,798)
 – 
 – 
(251)
53,408 
(1,576)
 – 
(49,507)
2,325 
 – 

2,325 

(4,402)
 – 

 – 
5,951 
(115)
 – 
(1,624)
4,212 
 – 

4,212 

RAF
£000

8,687 
 – 

8,687 
131 

8,818 

(2,666)
 – 

(1)
6,151 
(1,154)
73 
(2,975)
2,095 
(441)

ACABL
£000

4,316 
 – 

4,316 
2,443 

6,759 

(1,584)
 – 

(40)
5,135 
 – 
 – 
(3,130)
2,005 
 – 

ASFL
£000

782 
 – 

782 
4 

786 

(246)
 – 

(1)
539 
(4)
 – 
(1,547)
(1,012)
 – 

All Other
Divisions
£000

Group 
Centre
£000

6,107 
 – 

6,107 
537 

6,644 

(2,718)
 – 

 – 
3,926 
 – 
1,445 
(6,680)
(1,309)
1,420 

54 
(54)

 – 
 – 

 – 

(200)
54 
(2,464)
 – 
(2,610)
 – 
(840)
(5,956)
(9,406)
(1,221)

Total
£000

75,136 
(54)

75,082 
14,735 

89,817 

(14,614)
54 
(2,464)
(293)
72,500 
(2,849)
678 
(71,419)
(1,090)
(242)

1,654 

2,005 

(1,012)

111 

(10,627)

(1,332)

Loans and advances to customers

1,133,799 

268,827 

91,927 

87,331 

5,964 

11,501 

(11,500)

1,587,849 

Other assets

Segment total assets

Customer deposits
Other liabilities

Segment total liabilities

Other segment items:
Capital expenditure
Depreciation and amortisation

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

1,255,689 

9,998 

1,265,687 

1,133,799 

268,827 

91,927 

87,331 

5,964 

1,267,190 

(1,502)

2,853,536 

2,159,160 
 – 

2,159,160 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

232,701 
280,533 

(26,654)
13,773 

2,365,207 
294,306 

513,234 

(12,881)

2,659,513 

(7,075)
(4,372)

 – 
(24)

(7,075)
(4,396)

The “Group Centre” segment above includes the parent entity and all intercompany eliminations.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
134

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

43. Operating segments (continued)

Year ended 31 December 2019

Interest revenue
Inter-segment revenue
Interest revenue from  
external customers
Fee and commission income

Revenue from external customers

Interest expense
Add back inter-segment revenue
Subordinated loan note interest
Fee and commission expense
Segment operating income
Impairment losses
Other income
Operating expenses
Segment profit / (loss) before tax
Income tax (expense) / income

Segment profit / (loss) after tax

Banking
£000

50,325 
 – 

50,325 
11,892 

62,217 

(5,067)
 – 
 – 
(91)
57,059 
(165)
 – 
(46,685)
10,209 
 – 

10,209 

Mortgage
 Portfolios
£000

6,647 
 – 

6,647 
 – 

6,647 

(2,534)
 – 
 – 
 – 
4,113 
 – 
 – 
(807)
3,306 
 – 

3,306 

RAF
£000

8,659 
 – 

8,659 
219 

8,878 

(2,786)
 – 
 – 
(12)
6,080 
(708)
64 
(3,577)
1,859 
(371)

1,488 

ACABL
£000

ASFL
£000

All Other
Divisions
£000

Group 
Centre
£000

2,703 
 – 

2,703 
1,380 

4,083 

(1,358)
 – 
 – 
(3)
2,722 
10 
 – 
(2,708)
24 
 – 

102 
 – 

102 
1 

103 

(31)
 – 
 – 
(1)
71 
(4)
 – 
(1,275)
(1,208)
 – 

8,434 
 – 

8,434 
443 

8,877 

(4,696)
 – 
 – 
 – 
4,181 
 – 
4,955 
(7,170)
1,966 
133 

68 
(68)

 – 
 – 

 – 

(209)
68 
(1,620)
 – 
(1,761)
 – 
580 
(7,964)
(9,145)
(597)

Total
£000

76,938 
(68)

76,870 
13,935 

90,805 

(16,681)
68 
(1,620)
(107)
72,465 
(867)
5,599 
(70,186)
7,011 
(835)

24 

(1,208)

2,099 

(9,742)

6,176 

Loans and advances to customers
Other assets

1,106,887 
 – 

306,044 
 – 

102,888 
 – 

75,871 
 – 

7,352 
 – 

11,511 
974,241 

(11,500)
22,085 

1,599,053 
996,326 

Segment total assets

Customer deposits
Other liabilities

Segment total liabilities

Other segment items:
Capital expenditure
Depreciation and amortisation

1,106,887 

306,044 

102,888 

75,871 

7,352 

985,752 

10,585 

2,595,379 

1,863,232 
 – 

1,863,232 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

248,965 
288,790 

(27,294)
13,351 

2,084,903 
302,141 

537,755 

(13,943)

2,387,044 

(7,503)
(3,424)

 – 
(25)

(7,503)
(3,449)

Segment profit is shown prior to any intra-group eliminations.

Prior year numbers have been represented (combining Private Banking and Commercial Banking) according to the 2019 operating 
segments reported to management. The UK private bank has a branch in Dubai, which generated £4.1m (2019: £4.5m) of income  
and had direct operating costs of £2.5m (2019: £2.8m). All Dubai branch income is booked in the UK. Other than the Dubai branch,  
all operations of the Group are conducted wholly within the United Kingdom and geographical information is therefore not presented.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
135

44. Country by Country Reporting

Article 89 of the EU Directive 2013/36/EU otherwise known as the Capital Requirements Directive IV (‘CRD IV’) was implemented 
into UK domestic legislation through statutory instrument 2013 No. 3118, the Capital Requirements (Country-by-Country Reporting) 
Regulations 2013 (the Regulations), which were laid before the UK Parliament on 10 December 2013 and which came into force on  
1 January 2014.

Article 89 requires credit institutions and investment firms in the EU to disclose annually, specifying, by Member State and by third 
country in which it has an establishment, the following information on a consolidated basis for the financial year: name, nature of 
activities, geographical location, turnover, number of employees, profit or loss before tax, tax on profit or loss and public subsidies 
received.

31 December 2020

Location 

UK
Dubai

31 December 2019

Location 

UK
Dubai

Turnover
(£m)

 72.5
 – 

Turnover
(£m)

 72.5
 – 

FTE  
employees  
Number

Profit/(loss)  
before tax  

(£m)

 500
 14

(0.5)
(0.6)

FTE  
employees  
Number

Profit/(loss)  
before tax  

(£m)

 487
 13

 9.8
(2.8)

Tax paid
(£m)

 0.3
 – 

Tax paid
(£m)

 0.8
 – 

The Dubai branch income is booked through the UK, hence the turnover is nil in the above analysis. Offsetting this income against 
Dubai branch costs would result in a £1.7m profit (2019: £1.6m). After indirect cost allocation it results in a loss of £0.6m (2019: loss 
of £0.3m). No public subsidies were received during 2020 or 2019. 

Following a strategic review of the Group’s operations, the Dubai branch will close on 31 May 2021.

45. Ultimate controlling party

The Company regards Sir Henry Angest, the Group Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who has a beneficial interest in 56.1% of 
the issued share capital of the Company, as the ultimate controlling party. Details of his remuneration are given in the Remuneration 
Report and Note 41 of the consolidated financial statements includes related party transactions with Sir Henry Angest.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020136

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

46. Non-adjusting events after the balance sheet date

Asset Alliance Group Holdings Limited
On 10 December 2020 the Bank announced it had agreed to purchase the entire share capital of Asset Alliance Group Holdings Limited. 

Asset Alliance provides vehicle finance and related services, predominantly in the truck & trailer and bus & coach markets. Operating 
from five locations, it is the UK’s leading independent end-to-end specialist in commercial vehicle financing and has over 4000 vehicles 
under management. As at 31 August 2020 Asset Alliance had assets for lease with a net book value of approximately £150m.

The consideration is based on an agreed discount to the tangible net assets of Asset Alliance at completion, after adjusting for the fair 
value of the assets available for lease. The consideration is expected to be approximately £4.1m. The Bank has received all necessary 
regulatory approvals and the acquisition is expected to complete on 31 March 2021.

Tay loan portfolio
After being approached by Charter Court Financial Services Limited (a subsidiary of One Savings Bank), who provide the third-party 
servicing of the portfolio, the Bank decided to sell the portfolio as the yield declined and it was becoming uneconomical to service.  
The sale completed on 26 February 2021 and generated a net gain of £2.2m for the 2021 financial year.

Dubai branch
Following a strategic review of its international representation, the Bank concluded that in the current market the Dubai office  
no longer fitted with its future growth plans and so consequently took the decision to close the office.

The business has generated a good volume of client relationships for the Bank, however, its contribution versus its high cost base 
makes it unviable for the Bank’s future growth aspirations. Existing client assets have always been held in London and will now  
be serviced from the London office. The office is scheduled to close at the end of May 2021.

Dividend
The second interim dividend of 21p declared by the Directors in last year’s Annual Report was withdrawn on 2 April 2020, prior  
to the finalisation of the resolutions in last year’s Notice of Meeting, following the publication by the Prudential Regulation Authority 
(“PRA”) of a statement on deposit takers’ approach to dividends. This dividend of 21p per share was paid as a special interim dividend 
on 19 March, 2021, following the PRA statement in December 2020, advising that it is for bank boards to determine the appropriate 
level of distributions and removing its request not to make shareholder distributions.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020Five Year  
Summary 

Profit / (loss) for the year after tax
(Loss) / profit before tax from continuing operations*
Total Earnings per share

2016
£000

227,569 
(1,966)

2017
£000

6,523 
2,534 

2018
£000

(20,033)
6,780 

2019
£000

6,176 
7,011 

Basic (p)

1,127.2

43.9

(134.5)

41.2

Earnings per share from continuing operations*

Basic (p)

Dividends per share (p) – ordinary
Dividends per share (p) – special

Other KPI:

(18.2)
31.0
325.0

2016
£000

14.0
33.0
 – 

2017
£000

38.0
35.0
 – 

2018
£000

41.2
37.0
 – 

2019
£000

137

2020
£000

(1,332)
(1,090)

(8.9)

(8.9)
 – 
 – 

2020
£000

Net asset value per share (p)

1,533.8

1,547.0

1,282.5

1,363.5

1,269.8

* Prior year numbers have been restated for continuing operations.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
138

Notice of  
Annual General Meeting

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the thirty fifth Annual General Meeting (“Meeting”) of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC  
(the Company) will be held at Arbuthnot House, 7 Wilson Street, London EC2M 2SN on Wednesday, 26 May 2021 at 2pm for  
the purpose of transacting the following business as ordinary resolutions (as regards resolutions 1 to 7) and as special resolutions  
(as regards resolutions 8 and 9).

COVID-19 and contingencies
The Board had hoped to welcome shareholders in person to our 2021 Meeting, particularly given the constraints faced in 2020 due to 
the COVID-19 pandemic. However, at present, based on the Prime Minister’s statement on 22 February, it still appears possible that 
general meetings will be required to be held on a closed basis until June. We are therefore proposing to hold the Meeting with the 
minimum attendance required to form a quorum and with the format of the meeting being purely functional. It is assumed therefore 
that it will not be possible for shareholders to attend in person. Should the situation change, it may be possible under guidelines 
prevailing at the time to welcome the maximum number of shareholders able to be accommodated within safety constraints and in 
accordance with Government guidelines.

Shareholders are requested therefore to submit their votes in respect of the business to be discussed via proxy as early as possible. 
Shareholders should appoint the Chairman of the meeting as their proxy. If a shareholder appoints someone else as their proxy, that 
proxy is unlikely to be able to attend the meeting in person or to cast the shareholder’s vote.

The business at the Meeting will be curtailed to the formal business section only, with no wider presentations on business performance 
or Q&A. If any shareholder has a question they would like to pose to the Board, this should be submitted to the Chairman via 
nickjennings@arbuthnot.co.uk. 

The Government is expected to update the existing public health guidance. Any changes to the Meeting will be communicated to 
shareholders beforehand through the Company’s website and, where appropriate, by announcement through a regulatory information 
service. 

ORDINARY RESOLUTIONS 
1.  To receive and adopt the Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2020.

2.  To receive the report of the Remuneration Committee. 

3.  To re-elect Mr. J.R. Cobb as a Director who retires by rotation in accordance with Article 78 of the Articles of Association and 

offers himself for re-election.

4.  To re-elect Mr. I.A. Dewar as a Director who retires by rotation in accordance with Article 78 of the Articles of Association and 

offers himself for re-election.

5.  To re-appoint Mazars LLP as Auditor of the Company.

6.  To authorise the Directors to determine the remuneration of the Auditor.

To consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolutions which will be proposed as special resolutions:

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
139

SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS
7.  That the Company be and is hereby generally and unconditionally authorised to make market purchases (as defined in section 

693(4) of the Companies Act 2006) of Ordinary Shares provided that:

a.  the maximum number of Ordinary Shares hereby authorised to be purchased shall be 1,488,000 (being approximately  

10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 31 March 2021);

b.  the minimum price (excluding expenses) which may be paid for an Ordinary Share shall be £0.01; 

c. 

the maximum price (excluding expenses) which may be paid for an Ordinary Share shall be 5 per cent. above the average of 
the closing middle market price of the Ordinary Shares (as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List) for 
the 10 business days prior to the day the purchase is made; 

d.  the authority hereby conferred shall expire on 26 August 2022 or, if earlier, on the conclusion of the next Annual General 

Meeting of the Company unless such authority is renewed prior to such time; and

e. 

the Company may enter into contracts to purchase Ordinary Shares under the authority hereby conferred prior to the expiry 
of such authority, which contracts will or may be executed wholly or partly after the expiry of such authority, and may make 
purchases of Ordinary Shares pursuant to any such contracts.

8.  That the Company be and is hereby generally and unconditionally authorised to make market purchases (as defined in section 

693(4) of the Companies Act 2006) of Ordinary Non-Voting Shares provided that:

a.  the maximum number of Ordinary Non-Voting Shares hereby authorised to be purchased shall be 13,300 (being 
approximately 10% of the issued ordinary non-voting share capital of the Company as at 31 March 2021);

b.  the minimum price (excluding expenses) which may be paid for an Ordinary Non-Voting Share shall be £0.01; 

c. 

the maximum price (excluding expenses) which may be paid for an Ordinary Non-Voting Share shall be 5 per cent. above  
the average of the closing middle market price of the Ordinary Non-Voting Shares (as derived from the share information 
published by the AQSE Growth Market) for the 10 business days prior to the day the purchase is made; 

d.  the authority hereby conferred shall expire on 26 August 2022 or, if earlier, on the conclusion of the next Annual General 

Meeting of the Company unless such authority is renewed prior to such time; and

e. 

the Company may enter into contracts to purchase Ordinary Non-Voting Shares under the authority hereby conferred prior  
to the expiry of such authority, which contracts will or may be executed wholly or partly after the expiry of such authority, 
and may make purchases of Ordinary Non-Voting Shares pursuant to any such contracts.

By order of the Board
N.D. Jennings 
Secretary 
31 March 2021

Registered Office 
Arbuthnot House 
7 Wilson Street 
London 
EC2M 2SN

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020140

Notice of  
Annual General Meeting continued

NOTES:
1.  Given the uncertainty around whether shareholders will be able to attend the Meeting, we recommend that Ordinary shareholders 
appoint the Chairman of the meeting as proxy. This will ensure that your vote will be counted even if attendance at the meeting is 
restricted or you are unable to attend in person. 

2.  To be effective, the proxy vote must be submitted at www.signalshares.com so as to have been received by the Company’s 

registrars, Link Group, not less than 48 hours (excluding weekends and public holidays) before the time appointed for the meeting 
or any adjournment of it. By registering on the Signal shares portal at www.signalshares.com, you can manage your shareholding, 
including:

– cast your vote

– change your dividend payment instruction

– update your address

– select your communication preference.

3.  Any power of attorney or other authority under which the proxy is submitted must be returned to the Company’s Registrars,  

Link Group, PXS1, Central Square, 29 Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 4DL. 

4.  The Company is committed to reducing paper and improving efficiency in its shareholder communications. From 2021 we are no 
longer sending paper forms of proxy to shareholders unless specifically asked to do so. If you need help with voting online, or 
require a paper proxy form, please contact our Registrar, Link Group by email at enquiries@linkgroup.co.uk, or by telephone on 
0371 664 0391. Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider. Calls outside the United Kingdom will 
be charged at the applicable international rate. They are open between 09:00 - 17:30, Monday to Friday excluding public holidays 
in England and Wales. Submission of a Proxy vote shall not preclude a member from attending and voting in person at the meeting 
in respect of which the proxy is appointed or at any adjournment thereof, should this be permitted under applicable COVID-19 
restrictions.

5.  If a paper form of proxy is requested from the Registrar, it should be completed and returned to Link Group at the address above 

to be received not less than 48 hours before the time of the meeting.

6.  In accordance with Regulation 41 of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001, the Company gives notice that only those 

shareholders entered on the relevant register of members (the Register) for certificated or uncertificated shares of the Company  
(as the case may be) at close of business on 24 May 2021 (“the Specified Time”) will be entitled to attend or vote at the Meeting  
in respect of the number of shares registered in their name at that time. Changes to entries on the Register after the Specified Time 
will be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend or vote at the Meeting. Should the Meeting be adjourned to  
a time not more than 48 hours after the Specified Time, that time will also apply for the purpose of determining the entitlement  
of members to attend and vote (and for the purpose of determining the number of votes they may cast) at the adjourned Meeting. 
Should the Meeting be adjourned for a longer period, then to be so entitled, members must be entered on the Register at the time 
which is 48 hours before the time fixed for the adjourned Meeting, or, if the Company gives notice of the adjourned Meeting, at 
the time specified in the notice. 

7.  CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so for 
the meeting and any adjournment(s) thereof by using the procedures described in the CREST Manual. CREST personal members 
or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members who have appointed a voting service provider(s), should refer to 
their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the appropriate action on their behalf.

8.  In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made using the CREST service to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a 

CREST Proxy Instruction) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited’s specifications and 
must contain the information required for such instruction, as described in the CREST Manual (available via www.euroclear.com/
CREST). The message, regardless of whether it constitutes the appointment of a proxy, or is an amendment to the instruction given 
to a previously appointed proxy must, in order to be valid, be transmitted so as to be received by the Company’s registrars (ID: 
RA10) by the latest time(s) for receipt of proxy appointments specified in Note 3 above. For this purpose, the time of receipt will 
be taken to be the time (as determined by the time stamp applied to the message by the CREST Application Host) from which the 
issuer’s agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this time, any change 
of instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be communicated to the appointee through other means.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020141

9.  CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers should note that Euroclear UK & 

Ireland Limited does not make available special procedures in CREST for any particular messages. Normal system timings and 
limitations will therefore apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member 
concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST personal member or sponsored member or has appointed a voting service 
provider(s), to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to ensure 
that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, CREST members and, 
where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers are referred, in particular, to those sections of the CREST 
Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST system and timings (www.euroclear.com/CREST).

10. The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the 

Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 (as amended).

11. A corporation which is a member can appoint one or more corporate representatives who may exercise, on its behalf, all its powers 

as a member provided that no more than one corporate representative exercises power over the same share.

12. As at 31 March 2021 (being the latest practicable date prior to the publication of this Notice and excluding shares held in 

Treasury) the Company’s issued Ordinary share capital consists of 14,889,048 Ordinary Shares carrying one vote each. Therefore, 
the total voting rights in the Company as at 31 March 2021 are 14,889,048.

13. There are no service contracts of Directors other than ones which may be terminated on up to 12 months’ notice at any time. 
Copies of these service agreements will be available for inspection at the registered office during usual business hours on any 
weekday (Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays excepted) from the date of this notice until the date of the Meeting and at the 
place of the Meeting for 15 minutes prior to and during the Meeting.

14. Any electronic address provided either in this Notice or in any related documents may not be used to communicate with the 

Company for any purposes other than those expressly stated.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020142

Corporate Contacts  
and Advisers

Group Address and Registered Office
Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC 
Arbuthnot House 
7 Wilson Street 
London EC2M 2SN 
T 020 7012 2400 
E info@arbuthnotgroup.co.uk 
www.arbuthnotgroup.com

Corporate Contacts

London
Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited
Arbuthnot House
7 Wilson Street
London EC2M 2SN
T 020 7012 2500
F 020 7012 2501
E banking@arbuthnot.co.uk
www.arbuthnotlatham.co.uk

Bristol
St Brandon’s House
27-29 Great George Street
Bristol BS1 5QT
T 01392 496061

Exeter
The Senate
Ground Floor
Southernhay Gardens
Exeter
Devon EX1 1UG
T 01392 496061
F 01392 413638

Manchester
8th Floor
82 King Street
Manchester M2 4WQ
T 0161 413 0030

International
Dubai branch
PO Box 482007
Gate Precinct 4
Level 3
Office 308
Dubai International Financial Centre
Dubai
T +971 (4) 3770900

Renaissance Asset Finance Limited
RFC House
137 High Street
Brentwood
Essex CM14 4RZ
T 01277 215355
F 01277 203350
E info@renaissanceaf.com
www.renaissanceaf.com

Arbuthnot Commercial Asset Based Lending Limited
The Beehive
City Place
Gatwick RH6 0PA
E ABL@arbuthnot.co.uk

Arbuthnot Specialist Finance Limited
Manchester
8th Floor
82 King Street
Manchester M2 4WQ
T 0161 413 0030
E ASFLenquiries@arbuthnot.co.uk

Advisers

Auditor
Mazars LLP

Principal Bankers
Barclays Bank PLC
Lloyds Bank PLC

Joint Stockbroker
Numis Securities Limited
Shore Capital Stockbrokers Limited

Nominated Adviser and AQSE Corporate Adviser
Grant Thornton UK LLP

Registrars
Link Group
10th Floor
Central Square
29 Wellington Street
Leeds
Yorkshire LS1 4DL

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2020Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC
Arbuthnot House
7 Wilson Street
London EC2M 2SN

T 020 7012 2400 
E info@arbuthnotgroup.co.uk

www.arbuthnotgroup.com

Registration No. 1954085